Quarterlytics / Tungsten Corporation Plc

Tungsten Corporation Plc

tung · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker tung
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Tungsten Corporation Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
TUNGSTEN CORPORATION PLC

Tungsten by the Numbers
Buyers on the Tungsten Network
168
Countries operational 
196
Suppliers on 
the Tungsten Network
288,000
Years supporting digital 
transformation 
21
Number of employees 
227
Global locations 
5
Countries with 
compliance services
54
Our purpose is to partner with enterprise 
customers to transform finance processes 
and maximise strategic business value across 
the supply chain. As individuals, companies 
and governments around the world continue 
to respond to the impact of the COVID-19 
pandemic, the importance of this purpose, 
and our value to business continuity, has 
never been clearer. We remain committed 
to helping global business leaders capture 
opportunities to emerge stronger through 
business challenges and transformation. 
OUR PURPOSE

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

	
01
Strategic Report
FY21 highlights 	
02	 
Chairman’s statement	
 04
Case study: Fisher Scientific	
 06
Investment case	
08
Operational review	
10
In conversation with Paul Cooper	
15
Our market	
16
The Tungsten Network	
18
Our stakeholders	
22
Compliance overview	
24
In conversation with Marisa Teh	
26
Case study: Honda Logistics	
28
Chief Financial Officer’s review	
30
Our people & culture	
34
Case study: Henkel 	
36
Risk management	
38
Statement of compliance with  
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 	
41
Corporate Governance
Chairman’s governance overview 	
44
Board of Directors	
46
Composition and independence  
of the Board	
48
Audit Committee report 	
52
Nomination Committee report 	
59
Remuneration Committee report 	
60
Report of Directors’ remuneration 	
61
Directors’ report 	
67
Statement of Directors’  
responsibilities 	
71
Financial Statements
Independent auditor’s report 	
74
Consolidated income statement 	
82
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income 	
83
Consolidated statement  
of financial position 	
84
Consolidated statement  
of changes in equity 	
85
Consolidated statement  
of cash flows 	
86
Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements 	
87
Parent company balance sheet 	
116
Parent company statement  
of changes in equity 	
117
Parent company statement  
of cash flows 	
118
Notes to the parent company  
financial statements 	
119
Shareholder information 	
128
Chairman’s governance overview 
page 44
CONTENTS
Welcome to 
Tungsten 
Network
Tungsten Network is at 
the heart of the global — 
marketplace — making 
commerce faster, safer, 
and smarter for enterprise 
business. Our secure network, 
including 71% of the Fortune 
500, streamlines and digitises 
P2P processes to help finance 
and procurement leaders 
foster transformation, solve 
complex problems, and 
maximise the value of the 
invoice. Our touchless invoice 
processes help functional 
leaders around the globe drive 
agility and reduce cost while 
we become trusted, strategic 
partners to their businesses. 
Tungsten introduced 
e-invoicing as we know it 
today. For the past 21 years, 
we have been privileged to 
work with brilliant business 
leaders within some of the 
world’s most respected 
organisations across a variety 
of industries. We are proud to 
be recognised globally as the 
largest compliant business 
transaction network.
For more information 
please visit our website: 
www.tungsten-network.com
The Tungsten storyWatch this video to  
learn more:
 	https://video.tungsten-	
	
network.com/
Henkel case study page 36
Fisher Scientific case study page 06
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
01

Revenue
£36.1m
2021	
36.1
2020	
36.8
Financial highlights 
•	 FY21 total Group revenue (including TNF) decreased from 
£36.8 million to £36.1 million.
•	 93% of revenue was recurring and repeatable. This 
provides us with continued visibility of future revenues. 
New sales billings (‘NSB’)(6) grew by 13% from £3.2 million 
to £3.6 million.
•	 FY21 Adjusted EBITDA(3) has increased from £2.7 million 
to £3.6 million. This was achieved via our restructuring 
activities from H1.
•	 Operating loss of £33.2 million predominantly reflects 
a non-cash goodwill impairment in H1 FY21 of £26.2 
million relating to a legacy acquisition and a £1.7 million 
impairment on our right of use assets and leasehold 
improvements as Tungsten moves to a co-working 
environment where the Company maintains a smaller 
office footprint for teams to use on a rota basis. 
•	 Net cash(5) of £2.1 million compared to £3.2 million at 
30 April 2020; cash utilisation for the full year was £(1.1) 
million primarily impacted by the cost of restructuring 
activities from FY20 and FY21. However, in H2 net cash 
has increased by £1.1 million due to higher billings and 
strong working capital management.
Gross profit(1)
£33.8m
2021	
33.8
2020	
35.2
Adjusted operating expenses(2)
£(30.2)m
2021	
(30.2)
2020	
(32.5)
Adjusted EBITDA(3)
£3.6m
2021	
3.6
2020	
2.7
Adjusted EBITDA margin(4)
10%
2021	
10%
2020	
7%
Operating loss
£(33.2)m
2021	
(33.2)
2020	
(25.5)
Net cash(5)
£2.1m
2021	
2.1
2020	
3.2
New sales billings(6)
£3.6m
2021	
3.6
2020	
3.2
Total contract value(7) (‘TCV’)
£2.0m
2021	
2.0
2020	
0.8
Transaction volumes
18.3m
2021	
18.3
2020	
19.0
FY21 HIGHLIGHTS
Business highlights 
Group results

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
02

Operational highlights 
•	 New customer wins increased in FY21 to 8 (FY20: 6 wins) 
from large international corporations delivering total 
contract value (‘TCV’)(7) of £2.0 million with £0.7 million 
recognised in FY21. This represents TCV growth of 137% 
versus FY20.
•	 Largest ever customer win with Nippon Telegraph and 
Telephone (NTT Europe) taking the combined offering 
of Total AP, Total AR and Workflow, with the potential to 
become a global deal for all of NTT.
•	 Signed a significant new partnership with FIS Worldpay 
which will deliver integrated payment offerings to our 
customers as part of our expansion into the invoice-to-
pay space.
•	 Since inception, Orbian Tungsten Network (‘OTN’) supply 
chain financing partnership has financed flows of over 
£395 million, which contributed to revenue of £199k in 
FY21.
•	 Executive team further strengthened with the additions 
of a new Chief Technology Officer, Chief Product & 
Business Development Officer and Chief Marketing 
Officer.
•	 Paul Cooper appointed as the new Tungsten Chief 
Executive Officer on 9 June 2021.
Fisher Scientific
As one of Tungsten Network’s
first customers, Fisher Scientific
Europe process transformation 
has built a strong foundation
for continued success.
Read more  
06
Honda Logistics North America
HLNA experienced no interruption 
of service or productivity as a 
result of COVID-19, and considers 
the move from manual to digital
systems the primary factor in their
continued success.
Read more  
28
Henkel
Within the first 12 months,
suppliers that send 72% of
Henkel’s in-scope invoices were
signed-up for e-invoicing.
Read more  
36
Footnotes
1 	 Gross profit is calculated as revenue  
less cost of sales.
2 	 Adjusted operating expenses exclude 
cost of sales, other income, interest, tax, 
depreciation, amortisation, impairment 
of intangible assets, loss on disposal of 
assets, foreign exchange gains or losses, 
share-based payment charges, exceptional 
items, and is adjusted to include cash rental 
expenses and rental income. 
3 	 Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as earnings 
before net finance cost, tax, depreciation 
and amortisation, impairment of goodwill, 
impairment of intangible assets, impairment 
of right of use assets, impairment of 
leasehold improvements, loss on disposal  
of assets, foreign exchange gain or loss, 
share-based payment expense and 
exceptional items, and is adjusted to include 
lease payments. 
4 	 Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as 
adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue.
5 	 Net cash is calculated as cash and cash 
equivalents on the balance sheet less 
drawings under the HSBC Revolving Credit 
Facility.
6 	 New sales billings represents implementation, 
subscription, licence, transaction and 
professional services fees to be billed in the 
period from new sales made in that period. 
Implementation and subscription fees are 
recognised to revenue over the 6 months and 
12 months respectively from billing month. 
Subscription, licence and transaction fees are 
recognised in the month sold. Professional 
services fees are recognised on work 
completion milestones.
7 	 Total contract value (‘TCV’) is defined as 
annual recurring revenue and one off 
implementation revenue contracted with  
a customer.
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
03

“Despite the challenging external 
environment, I’m pleased to report  
that the direction of travel has been 
very positive.”
Tony Bromovsky
Chairman
CHAIRMAN'S STATEMENT
We have continued with our mission 
to extend our presence in the P2P 
space, both at the procurement 
start and at the payments end, 
whilst also enriching the products 
adjacent to the core compliant 
e-invoice engine.
To cite but three examples where 
we delivered innovations and 
products in FY21:
•	 We are now one of a very few 
service providers able to handle 
all of a customer’s outgoing 
invoices in any form to any 
buyer globally, either on our 
own platform or on a third-party 
platform. Major recent Total AR 
wins confirm our value in this 
new market and its potential.
•	 Our partnership with Orbian, 
Orbian Tungsten Network 
(‘OTN’), commenced financing 
activities relating to the new 
Supply Chain Finance offering 
at the start of FY21 aimed 
at our blue-chip AP client 
base. Since inception, OTN 
have financed £395 million of 
transactions, which contributed 
to revenue of £199k in FY21. 
We remain confident that our 
proprietary platform and unique 
methodology will add to this 
number in the coming years and 
deepen our relationship with our 
customers.
•	 We have signed a partnership 
with FIS Worldpay to deliver 
a global seamless payment 
functionality at the culmination 
of the P2P spectrum. In our 
universe, it is hard to imagine 
invoices and payments not 
going hand in hand.
Tungsten has weathered 
pandemic-related uncertainties 
and invoice volume decline with 
resilience. Against this challenging 
backdrop, we report like-for-like 
constant currency sales growth of 
1.4%. Given encouraging volume 
recovery in March and April 2021, 
and recent sales momentum, our 
business outlook is optimistic. 
Our mission and focus remain 
unchanged; we are confident in 
Tungsten’s ability to capitalise on 
the expanding market opportunity.
Overview 
This year has brought more 
challenges than any of us could 
have imagined, and I am delighted 
that Tungsten has risen to the 
occasion with versatility and 
commitment. We are a global 
business, and I am proud of the 
team’s ability over the year to have 
continued to provide dedicated 
customer service, innovative 
product development, secure new 
business and integrate key new 
members of the management 
team – all in an unprecedented 
lockdown pandemic.
In 2019, we approved a new long-
term growth strategy with the 
intention of both broadening and 
deepening our myriad customer 
touch points; I am enormously 
encouraged to see the hard work 
of the team turn this vision into  
a reality.
FY21 investments of £2.6 million 
in capex (including Customer 
Connect, Supplier Connect, Total 
AR, Email In and OTC) support 
our long-term growth aspirations 
and our commitment to continue 
to develop and launch innovative 
products, expand our network 
of buyers and suppliers, secure 
strategic partnerships and deliver 
exceptional customer service; the 
pillars on which our growth is based.
Organisation and Board 
updates
The overall team at Tungsten 
has done an outstanding job of 
maintaining elevated levels of 
deployment and service to our 
customers with minimal disruption 
to the business, while keeping the 
safety and wellbeing of our team 
the highest priority. 
We welcomed 57 new team 
members during the year, who 
along with the rest of our team 
have made the transition to 
working from home with fortitude. 
In addition, measures were taken 
to contain labour costs, to ensure 
the Group’s financial position was 
protected.
At a senior level, in September 
2020 we gladly welcomed Ian 
Kelly as interim CFO, replacing 
Chris Allen. Ian’s full-time 
appointment was duly confirmed 
in May this year.
In June 2021, we welcomed Paul 
Cooper as our new CEO, replacing 
Andrew Lemonofides. Paul was 
previously at NTT Limited, one 
of Europe’s leading providers 
of IT services, and he comes to 
us with a fantastic track record 
of execution prowess, strong 
leadership and an impressive set 
of relevant skills. We look forward 
to working with him on the next 
stage of Tungsten’s journey.
At Board level, the Board has been 
strengthened in the year with the 
appointment of Andrew Coulsen 
as a Non-Executive Director in 
October 2020 – he hails from 
one of the leading global players 
in IT service provision and 
brings a wealth of experience in 
information technology products 
and services.
Read more From our Chairman 
in our Corporate 
Governance section 
turn to pages 
44 to 45

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
04

In June 2021, we also announced 
that Vivienne Maclachlan, Non-
Executive Director and Chair 
of our Audit Committee, will be 
stepping down on 16 August 2021 
to focus on other commitments.
Our people are at the centre of 
what we do, and I would like to 
take this opportunity to thank 
them for their hard work and 
dedication throughout what has 
been a difficult year for everyone. 
I would also like to thank Andrew, 
Vivienne and Chris for their 
respective contributions during their 
time with Tungsten and wish them 
all every success for the future.
Board meetings
In FY21 we had no fewer 
than 16 Board meetings and 
numerous Committee meetings 
on matters including general 
business updates, developing the 
Company’s strategic plan, review 
and approval of budgets and 
accounts as well as other ad hoc 
strategic issues.
Corporate governance 
The Board is united in its view that 
robust corporate governance and 
risk management are essential 
to maintaining the stability and 
growth of the Company and its 
financial health. 
Additional details on our approach 
to corporate governance, 
compliance with the Quoted 
Companies Alliance (‘QCA’) Code 
and processes and procedures 
can be found on pages 44 and 
45 in the Corporate Governance 
Statement of this Annual Report.
AGM
The Company’s Annual General 
Meeting will be held at 11 am on  
15 October 2021. 
We hope that, unlike last year’s 
AGM, it will be possible to hold 
the meeting with shareholders in 
attendance. We are monitoring 
the ongoing COVID-19 situation to 
assess whether it will be possible 
to hold an open meeting in the 
light of the prevailing conditions, 
Government guidelines and 
best practice at the time of the 
meeting. 
Details of the resolutions to 
be proposed and the final 
arrangements for the meeting  
will be announced closer to the 
date of the meeting.
Performance 
In a challenging year, we have 
delivered a resilient and robust 
performance. We managed to 
hold revenues broadly flat as 
our customers marked time in 
a strange new world, but we 
improved Adjusted EBITDA by £0.9 
million. Through our restructuring 
activities we reduced the actual 
payroll cost in H2 versus H1 by 
circa £1.3 million. 
New sales billing increased by 13% 
to £3.6 million and increased total 
contract value (‘TCV’) by 137% to 
£2.0 million. This was supported 
by the strategic investment to 
grow the Sales team by 20% and 
the focus on building out our 
partnership network, adding new 
countries to our global invoice 
compliant network and helping 
our customers respond to the 
evolving landscape of changing 
Government mandated e-invoice 
platforms.
We were advised during FY21 
that an existing customer who 
accounts for 5% of our revenue will 
be leaving our network in FY23. 
Whilst we expect a number of 
associated suppliers to leave 
our network in the second 
half of FY22, the full impact 
will be in FY23. There was no 
financial impact in FY21. We were 
disappointed to be losing an 
important customer and have 
spent time with this customer 
to understand their decision. We 
have incorporated their feedback 
into a project work-stream set 
up specifically earlier in the year 
with a number of initiatives to 
avoid future churn. This included 
enhanced customer engagement, 
predictive reporting and a focus 
on increasing the percentage of 
multi-buyer connections across 
our supplier base.
Outlook
Product development and 
innovation is at the heart of what 
we do and remains key to our 
future, and we will continue to 
invest in our offering to ensure 
our position at the forefront of 
the digital financial management 
arena.
The Board is confident that 
Tungsten’s new strategy will 
continue to deliver sustainable 
growth and we are pleased to see 
strong momentum towards the 
end of the full year in sales and a 
recovery in transaction volume 
levels which has continued into 
FY22. 
We remain committed to delivering 
long-term value to shareholders 
and with a strong sales pipeline, 
solid foundations that have been 
laid over the last 18 months 
and an additional £1 million of 
investment in tech development 
and compliance functions in FY22, 
the Board looks forward to future 
growth.
On behalf of the Board, I would 
like to thank our global team for 
their hard work in achieving the 
result for FY21. I am grateful for 
their commitment and dedication 
during this difficult time. I would 
also like to thank our shareholders 
and customers for their continued 
support.
Tony Bromovsky
Chairman 
29 July 2021
Read more 
About our performance 
in our Operational 
review 
turn to pages 
10 to 14
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
05

About
Created in 2006 through the 
merger of Thermo Electron and 
Fisher Scientific, the Waltham, MA-
based multinational corporation 
employs more than 75,000 people 
in 250 countries. Its annual 
revenue now exceeds $25 billion.
Fisher Scientific Europe was 
one of Tungsten Network’s first 
customers, contracted initially in 
the UK to streamline and make 
P2P more efficient and reduce 
costs overall. After initial success, 
the scope continued to grow 
across other European offices. 
Fisher Scientific Europe was looking 
to implement a uniform system, 
with standardised protocols, across 
its European offices.
Fisher Scientific Europe’s 
e-invoicing initiative began 
their digitisation journey to 
ensure compliance and improve 
productivity and efficiency within 
their business. Looking after 3,000 
suppliers, one million invoices 
per year, and utilising one ERP, 
the team has leveraged Tungsten 
Network solutions to guide their 
automation efforts.
In 2015, Fisher Scientific Europe 
committed to digitisation, growing 
to 50% e-invoicing in three 
years and becoming 37% more 
productive in less than four.
The success of Fisher Scientific 
Europe with invoice automation 
can be attributed to the full 
commitment of its AP department 
to partnering with Tungsten 
Network to onboard its suppliers 
and work with other company 
stakeholders to advance 
understanding of the benefits of 
digitisation.
Challenge
Fisher Scientific Europe initially 
utilised Tungsten Network 
solutions to inform and guide P2P 
efforts across its European offices, 
which lacked uniformity and 
efficiency.
More recently, Fisher Scientific 
Europe began experiencing 
difficulty adhering to changing 
country and industry specific 
mandates. Led by Fabienne Pierrot, 
Finance Director, Accounting and 
Audit, Fisher Scientific Europe 
began working with Tungsten 
Network to better automate and 
digitise their regulatory compliance 
efforts.
75% 
suppliers on the 
Tungsten Network
50% 
e-invoicing
30% 
increased 
 productivity in less 
than four years
Customer
Fisher Scientific 
Europe
Industry
Laboratory equipment
Geography
Europe
Key objectives
•	 Full adoption  
of e-invoicing
•	 Full supplier 
enrolment
•	 Productivity
Solutions
•	 AP electronic 
invoicing
•	 Supplier enrolment
•	 Interface building
Results
CASE STUDY: FISHER SCIENTIFIC
Transformational results and a strong 
foundation for continued success
Thermo Fisher Scientific is “the world leader in serving science”,  
dedicated to improving the human condition through the provision  
of scientific instrumentation, reagents and consumables, and software 
and services to healthcare, life science and other laboratories in academia, 
government and industry. 
Solution
Fisher Scientific Europe, while 
beginning their digitisation journey 
with AP e-invoicing, later began 
working with Tungsten Network 
on complex compliance projects 
within Europe.
In 2019, Fisher Scientific Europe 
enlisted Tungsten Network to 
work on their largest compliance 
project to date in Italy, ensuring 
total compliance of all invoices in 
the rapidly changing regulatory 
landscape.
Impact
As one of Tungsten Network’s first 
customers, Fisher Scientific Europe 
has experienced transformative 
results and have built a strong 
foundation for continued success.
Describing the impact within  
her AP team, Fabienne explains: 
“After Tungsten implementation, 
we experienced a vast reduction 
in the number of suppliers 
requiring support regarding lost 
or unpaid invoices. All Tungsten 
suppliers’ invoices are paid on 
time. Partnering with Tungsten 
has allowed the strategy in the AP 
team to move from a transactional 
focus to an analytical one, and my 
team is working on projects that 
add real value to the organisation.”
Today, 50% of all supplier invoice 
volume is managed through 
Tungsten Network, with 75% EDI 
adoption, leading to 37% greater 
productivity in less than four years.
In 2015, Fisher Scientific Europe committed  
to digitisation, growing to 50% e-invoicing in  
three years and becoming 37% more productive  
in less than four.

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
06

“After the Tungsten implementation, 
we experienced a vast reduction 
in the number of suppliers 
requiring support regarding lost 
or unpaid invoices. All Tungsten 
suppliers’ invoices are paid on 
time. Partnering with Tungsten has 
allowed the strategy in the AP team 
to move from a transactional focus 
to an analytical one, and my team 
is working on projects that add real 
value to the organisation.”
Fabienne Pierrot
Finance Director, Accounting and Audit, 
Fisher Scientific Europe
Interested in 
learning more? 
Explore our solution suite on 
our website: 
www.tungsten-network.com
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
07

INVESTMENT CASE
Foundational strength in a growth market
Tungsten is uniquely positioned 
to “ride the wave” of digital 
transformation and regulatory 
imperatives within a growth 
market. Businesses and 
governments send 280 billion 
invoices every year. Even in 
today’s digital world, 90% of 
invoices are still processed 
using manual methods such 
as paper and PDF. For large 
businesses, less than 20% of 
invoices are issued in a structured 
digital format, which restricts 
automation efforts and value. The 
global pandemic has clarified the 
business risks associated with the 
status quo, and many enterprise 
leaders have re-invigorated or 
accelerated digitisation initiatives. 
Significant scope for revenue  
and margin growth
20.4m+
Current AP customer invoice volume 
transacting outside the Tungsten Network
•	 Current customer base offers 
transactional “white space” potential 
to double annual volume across the 
Tungsten ecosystem
•	 Recent product launches supply low-
barrier cross sell and upsell opportunities; 
only one current customer contract 
includes Total AP, Total AR, and Workflow. 
The Universal Workflow product, which 
offers any-to-any ERP compatibility, 
unlocks opportunity across the complete 
customer base 
•	 Supplier onboarding and conversion 
initiative improvements set to add 
transactional revenue with minimal 
associated cost
•	 Planned SaaS offerings at scale 
accelerate sales velocity and margin 
improvement
•	 Best-practice customer engagement  
and service automation efficiencies 
improve customer retention and reduce 
support cost
High levels of earnings visibility  
and cash generation
93%
Recurring and repeatable revenue in FY21
•	 Robust business model with reliable 
recurring revenue, typically around 90% 
•	 Long-term, multi-year contracts in place 
with leading global businesses
•	 Loyal and geographically diverse 
customer base; over half of buyers have 
10 years+ tenure with Tungsten and over 
60% of active suppliers have been on the 
network for 5+ years
Interoperability rollout
3x
Triple the number of interoperability  
partners by FY23 from existing 30
•	 Opening the Tungsten Network to access 
numerous compatible networks in order 
to enlarge our transactional footprint 
exponentially 
•	 The ability to seamlessly transact with 
other networks is what enables Tungsten 
to offer Total AR and Total AP solutions
Solid foundations
183 years
Combined Executive Management Team 
(‘EMT’) leadership experience
•	 Long-term institutional shareholder base
•	 Strong and experienced senior leadership 
team 
•	 People and values-based organisation
•	 Clear governance framework and 
commitment to transparent reporting
Compelling market position
£15.55bn
Expected e-invoicing market  
reach by 2027
•	 Leading provider of both AP and AR 
e-invoicing solutions within a market 
predicted for 16.2% CAGR (e-invoicing 
Market Forecast to 2027, Insight Partners)
•	 Poised to benefit from structural and 
regulatory drivers including COVID-19 
related digitisation accelerators and 
exponentially increasing government 
mandates
•	 Global presence and reach; deep  
in-market and industry expertise

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
08

Strategic partnerships  
and integrations
120+ customers
Trade finance opportunity scope,  
initial focus is 30
•	 Our strategic Supply Chain Finance 
(‘SCF’) partnership with Orbian utilises 
their industry leading platform, that has 
supported over £170 billion in financed 
trade flows to meet customer demand for 
more flexible trade finance services. Since 
the inception of our partnership, Orbian 
has financed £395 million of transactions 
with a well-recognised global retail client, 
which contributed to revenue of £199k 
in FY21. Given our blue-chip client base 
we are optimistic that this value will 
grow with continued uptake along with 
a significant increase in assets under 
management in a SCF market
•	 Meaningful new partnership with global 
payments giant FIS Worldpay, a leading 
provider of technology solutions for 
merchants, banks and capital market 
firms, processing over 40 billion 
transactions annually. This partnership 
will allow us to deliver integrated invoice 
and payment offerings to our customers 
as part of our expansion into the invoice-
to-payment space. The FIS Worldpay 
customer is highly complementary 
to Tungsten’s, which provides rich 
opportunity for both parties
•	 Ongoing development of strategic 
channel partnerships including 
business process outsourcers, business 
transformation advisories and value-
added resellers 
Meaningful investments  
for value and scale
£4.0m
Investment in technology FY22 - FY25
•	 Fully invested and scalable platform
•	 Strategic product development, 
partnerships, and integration to provide 
extended services across P2P including 
e-Procurement and Payments
•	 £4.0 million investment in upgrading 
product, compliance and SaaS 
capabilities in FY22-FY25
•	 Uptake of Tungsten’s Total AR solution, 
100% invoice digitisation from day one
Global leader in compliance  
services
£1.0m
FY21 spend as part of our continuing  
commitment to compliance services
•	 Mandatory Government gateways exist to 
monitor invoices electronically for tax and 
legal purposes. By 2030 it is forecasted 
that many countries will have individual 
and varying mandates in place
•	 Tungsten provides the gold standard of 
global invoice compliance in 54 countries 
•	 Tungsten provides thought leadership 
and subject matter experts who can 
provide customers with guidance and real 
solutions on complex compliance related 
matters 
•	 Tungsten makes ongoing and significant 
investment in product development, 
compliance advisory and training in such 
a dynamic regulatory environment
•	 Tungsten is the only service provider to 
offer legally compliant artefacts and real-
time invoice validation, making buyer and 
supplier transactions easier and safer
Tungsten’s range of P2P 
solutions offers customers a path 
toward 100% digitisation and 
provides a way to unlock invoice 
value across the supply chain. 
Tungsten’s current customers, 
including 74% of the FTSE 100 
and 71% of the Fortune 500, can 
submit tax compliant e-invoices 
in 54 countries and last year 
processed transactions worth 
£220 billion over the Tungsten 
Network. Tungsten is proud to 
work with blue-chip logos such as 
Computacenter, GlaxoSmithKline, 
Kraft Foods, Mohawk Industries, 
Mondelēz International, Procter 
& Gamble, Unilever and the US 
Federal Government. 
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
09

OPERATIONAL REVIEW
Fresh but seasoned 
leadership team 
Paul Cooper1, our new CEO, 
was appointed on 9 June 2021. 
Paul was previously at NTT 
Limited, where he was most 
recently the Regional Director 
for NTT in Europe, with ultimate 
strategic, operational and 
financial responsibility for 11 
European countries generating 
annual revenues of $900 million, 
encompassing 2,500 employees. 
In addition to Paul’s arrival, a 
further five appointments were 
made to the Executive team 
during COVID-19 lockdown. 
•	 Ian Kelly2 moved from interim 
to permanent CFO. Ian joined 
Tungsten in 2019, having 
previously held Finance 
leadership positions in 
companies including Blackhawk 
Network, Axiom, TalkTalk PLC 
and Discovery Inc. 
•	 Jon Cage3 joined Tungsten as 
Chief Technology Officer. Jon 
has managed all engineering 
and product operations across 
multi-national business units for 
companies including J2 Global 
and Cision. 
•	 Miriam Weidner4 was appointed 
Chief Marketing Officer. Miriam 
joined Tungsten from Oracle, 
where she led customer 
marketing and creative for 
the global integrated brand 
awareness campaign. 
•	 Dave Hazard5 joined the 
team as Global Sales Director. 
Dave brings a wealth of sales 
experience to Tungsten via 
success in senior roles with 
Fujitsu, Systemax and Dell. 
•	 Marisa Suk-Hui Teh6 was 
appointed Chief Product and 
Business Development Officer. 
Marisa previously led corporate 
tech ventures for Philips and 
Texas Instruments as well as 
sustainable growth initiatives 
for PepsiCo-Unilever and 
Diageo. 
Each one of the new EMT 
members was handpicked to 
have the experience and attitude 
necessary to drive functional best 
practice for Tungsten. 
Learn more about the EMT team: 
www.tungsten-
network.com/ 
about-us/
1
8
7
3
5
2
9
6
4

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
10

Along with the other EMT leaders 
- Eric Craig7 (Chief Commercial 
Officer), Jessica Oppenheimer8 
(Chief People Officer) and Patrick 
Clark9 (General Counsel and 
Company Secretary) - they offer 
a fresh approach to Tungsten, 
while providing years of practical 
experience delivering results for 
top-tier organisations. 
At the outset of the past fiscal 
year, we could not have imagined 
the ongoing and unprecedented 
challenges COVID-19 would 
mean for the global economy 
and workforce. We experienced 
a decline in transactions due to 
COVID-19 and also found most 
companies matched external 
circumstance with a kind of 
“commercial lockdown”.  
Considering this reality, we acted 
quickly and made a difficult choice 
to reduce headcount and cost 
within the business. This action 
resulted in £1.3 million savings for 
H2 but of course had an impact 
on our teams and resourcing. 
Even and especially within this 
context, we are proud of how we 
regrouped as a company to drive 
forward progress and success. We 
worked with agility to minimise 
COVID-19’s impact, maintaining 
three priorities: the health and 
wellbeing of our employees, 
the continuous support of our 
customers, and ongoing delivery 
against financial and operational 
objectives. The following provides 
a selection of FY21 highlights 
along with our outlook for FY22.
Building on a strong 
foundation
FY21 was quite a year for Product 
and Technology. We launched 
Email In, Universal Workflow 
and Customer Connect. We also 
upgraded existing solutions, 
implemented new customer 
support systems and met 
complex new compliance service 
requirements. Each project 
adds meaningful and ongoing 
business value for our customers. 
Combined, they make Tungsten’s 
P2P offerings even more attractive 
within the market. We’ve selected 
a few to highlight below. The 
brief overviews help express why 
we’re so delighted with these new 
additions.
See pages 26 and 27 for a 
conversation with Chief Product 
and Business Development Officer 
Marisa Teh as she shares how 
Total AR will evolve and explains 
customer and market input links 
to the FY22 roadmap.
Customer Connect 
Customer Connect is now 
available to over 250,000 suppliers 
and more than 150 buyers on 
the network. With Customer 
Connect, suppliers can easily 
find and connect to new buyers 
directly via the Tungsten portal. 
This new feature eliminates the 
fees associated with establishing 
customer connections and 
further enhances the Tungsten 
marketplace value for both buyers 
and suppliers. 
With Customer Connect, suppliers 
maximise Tungsten’s marketplace 
value by increasing payment speed 
and visibility, all while benefiting 
from Tungsten’s comprehensive 
compliance services. The faster 
buyers and suppliers can connect 
and do business on our network, 
the faster our suppliers get paid.
See page 09 for a deep dive on 
why Tungsten invests heavily to 
maintain compliance services and 
grow government gateway — and 
why our gold-standard expertise 
matters so much to customers.
Email In
Email In is a new invoice 
submission method offering faster, 
easier, and more accurate invoicing 
to suppliers of our Total AP 
customers. With Email In, Tungsten 
uses AI to extract relevant data 
from PDF email attachments. 
Suppliers see a side-by-side 
view of the original PDF and the 
extracted electronic invoice to 
ensure everything is 100% correct. 
Tungsten then validates the 
invoice against buyer rules and 
compliance requirements and 
delivers it to the buyer to get paid.
With Email In, suppliers eliminate 
manual data entry and save 
the cost of printing and post. 
Processing time decreases from 
18 days to 4 hours. What’s more, 
suppliers have online visibility 
of delivery confirmation and 
invoice status. Suppliers adopting 
Email In report easy set-up, 
increased speed of submission, 
faster payment, and increased 
confidence and peace of mind. 
It’s important to note that Email 
In presents a complementary, 
rather than cannibalistic, addition 
to our current Integrated and Web 
Form Supplier invoicing methods. 
Email In seems to be most 
appropriate to a set of suppliers 
transacting volumes in the mid-
range between typical Integrated 
Suppliers and Web Form users. 
Our ongoing go-to-market will 
validate this assessment. 
WhatFix
Customer support ticket analysis 
carried out in FY21 identified 
an opportunity for self-service 
within our Supplier Portal. We 
implemented an external self-
service technology platform called 
WhatFix to help service repetitive 
in-bound customer questions and 
help them “walk through” typical 
processes for invoice submission 
and portal interaction. 
WhatFix adds virtual flows within 
the Supplier Portal which can 
be amended and augmented, 
as necessary. The platform 
allows for multiple formats of 
information delivery for different 
segments and needs. Adding 
these customer tutorials and 
dynamic FAQs on the Portal helps 
customers be more self-sufficient 
without needing to rely on our 
support team. Further in the 
report, we discuss the operational 
benefits we’ve derived from 
WhatFix.
“Each project adds meaningful and 
ongoing business value for our  
customers. Combined, they make 
Tungsten’s P2P offerings even more 
attractive within the market.”
Read more 
A conversation with 
Marisa Teh  
turn to pages 
26 to 27
Compliance deep dive 
turn to pages 
24 to 25
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
11

OPERATIONAL REVIEW continued
Universal Workflow
Prior to the Universal Workflow 
launch, the Tungsten Workflow 
product allowed customers 
using Total AP to automate AP 
processes. Historically, however, 
Workflow has only integrated 
with three commonly used ERPs: 
SAP, JD Edwards and Oracle EBS. 
Universal Workflow connects 
with whatever ERP system the 
customer happens to use. This 
“any to any” connectivity opens 
a new world of current customer 
prospects, both buyer and 
supplier, previously out of scope.
As well as offering customers 
flexibility to connect with any 
ERP system, the move into the 
Cloud and away from an “on 
premise” approach is a key value 
for our customers. With a Cloud-
based solution, customers don’t 
have to pay hosting, hardware or 
admin costs: Tungsten handles 
everything for them. 
Notably, the Universal Workflow 
project is one of the first Tungsten 
products to fully straddle multi-
discipline teams across the 
business. It is a beautiful example 
of cross-product as well as cross-
functional teamwork.
Extending ecosystem and 
customer value through 
partnerships
In FY21, we continued to develop 
strategic partnerships to add 
flexible, automated payments and 
Supply Chain Finance options 
to our e-invoicing services. It’s 
difficult to overstate the potential 
opportunities related to these 
relationships and the associated 
extension to our P2P ecosystem. 
On the payments side, in 
September 2020, we signed a 
meaningful new partnership 
with FIS Worldpay, a leading 
provider of technology solutions 
for merchants, banks and capital 
market firms, processing over 
40 billion transactions annually. 
Whilst there was no revenue 
impact in FY21, this partnership 
will allow us to deliver integrated 
invoice and payment offerings 
to our customers as part of our 
expansion into the invoice-to-pay 
space. 
The FIS Worldpay customer 
base is highly complementary to 
Tungsten’s, which provides rich 
opportunity for both parties.
Our partnership with Orbian, 
Orbian Tungsten Network (OTN), 
commenced financing activities 
relating to the new Supply Chain 
Finance offering at the start of 
FY21 aimed at our blue-chip AP 
client base. Since inception, OTN 
has financed £395 million of 
transactions, which contributed  
to revenue of £199k in FY21. 
The Supply Chain Finance 
(‘SCF’) service uses Tungsten’s 
automated and digitised invoice 
processing status data to help 
suppliers secure payables-led 
financing, and deepens the 
relationship with our customers. 
Orbian is 100% dedicated to 
Supply Chain Finance. It is the 
only company in the world able to 
provide a complete SCF solution 
with the combination of a truly 
innovative funding model and a 
state-of-the-art, award-winning 
technology platform.
OTN’s SCF service is a win/win 
for both buyer and supplier. The 
supplier receives faster access to 
liquidity by taking early payment 
on invoices. This can happen 
within days after payment 
approval, without the need to use 
an internal credit line, and without 
high discount charges charged by 
other lending companies or banks.
Buyers can support supplier 
diversity programmes and 
suppliers across the entire 
spectrum of spend with no 
restrictions or requirements 
on supplier annual spend. All 
suppliers are eligible to participate 
and can choose from a variety of 
discounting options.
All buyers with existing Invoice 
Status Service connectivity 
can participate with no cost or 
technical integration; sign up is 
easy. Participating buyers have 
unlimited funding capability in all 
tradable currencies. They have 
new ways to optimise working 
capital and receive a complete 
suite of account reconciliation 
tools. Adding the service also 
creates an additional incentive 
for supplier onboarding to 
e-invoicing.

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
12

OTN’s SCF creates a value add 
and upsell opportunity to our 
current customer base, currently 
transacting £220 billion over their 
network. Our first customer, a 
leading global retailer, has already 
extended initial geographical 
coverage and, since the year end, 
another global CPG company has 
contracted to implement SCF. 
We anticipate continued uptake 
along with a corresponding and 
significant increase in amounts 
financed.
Service and productivity  
go hand-in-hand
Through the course of FY21, the 
Operations team implemented 
a series of improvement 
initiatives designed to improve 
the commercial operations 
within Tungsten Network, as 
well as improve customer 
satisfaction. A number of these 
initiatives, including Customer 
Connect and WhatFix, feature 
enhanced automation and self-
help functionality. Each new 
connection adds “stickiness” to 
our supplier base and additional 
transaction revenue.
The WhatFix self-service approach 
has reduced total ticket volume, 
freeing resources to deliver higher 
quality service to customers. As 
we continue to make things as 
easy as possible for customers 
we focus on improvement; adding 
small but effective changes to 
delight our customers. 
Our customers responded to 
these initiatives with positive 
feedback. Implementation has 
contributed to a 21% year-on-
year reduction in overall support 
ticket volumes, helping reduce 
overall support resource levels. 
Furthermore, the introduction 
of Service Cloud, including a 
programme of continuous system 
enhancements targeting more 
complex support cases, has 
helped improve average resolution 
time by 50% year-on-year. Among 
these service improvements, we 
successfully executed Tungsten’s 
first significant price increase in 
five years, netting £0.3 million 
in FY21 and forecast to grow 
significantly in FY22.
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
13

Restructure, growth  
and alignment 
FY21 was a year of change and 
positive results for both sales 
and marketing. From a new 
deal perspective, the team had 
remarkable success. We won new 
customers including one which 
contracted for implementation of 
Total AP, Total AR and Universal 
Workflow. An extensive sales team 
restructure has also resulted 
in more strategic customer 
engagement and increased 
account penetration for current 
customers. We’re already seeing 
the benefits of this change in 
the form of increased supplier 
releases and opportunity for 
cross sell across our portfolio. 
A new process fix for supplier 
sales has increased conversion 
of Integrated Suppliers from 21% 
to 37%, and we anticipate further 
gains. Most importantly, we ended 
the year with a healthy pipeline to 
drive wins in FY22. 
To support growth, marketing is 
supporting brand exposure via a 
bi-weekly cadence of Tungsten 
news releases. We also hosted 
a steady drumbeat of webinars, 
published six new customer case 
studies, published daily value-
based content on social networks 
and continued paid media on 
LinkedIn. The marketing team 
worked tirelessly to deliver; KPI 
metrics below reflect the pay off. 
Tungsten has invested further in 
the Product Marketing function 
during FY21 with the purpose of 
producing tailored value-based 
collateral, best-practice go-to-
market, and market-focused 
sales enablement to support new 
business, cross sell, and upsell. 
FY22 outlook 
A coordinated and aligned cross-
functional strategy with tight 
focus and impeccable execution 
is a requirement for FY22 success. 
We look forward to this effort and 
teamwork over the coming year.
Product and technology 
Innovation remains a core focus 
to our long-term growth strategy. 
We plan a phased £4 million 
investment to FY25 to enhance 
our product functionality and 
compliance position. £1 million, 
included in this total, will fund 
improvements to our SaaS offering 
and focus on self-service, usability 
and scalability. Tungsten will also 
extend its offerings to include 
public APIs, enabling simple and 
more flexible integration for both 
our customers and partners. 
Our investments and related 
initiatives will help us better 
compete in the market, scale the 
business, introduce more flexible 
pricing models, and will help us 
create a comprehensive P2P suite 
solution. We are developing a 
new supplier subscription pricing 
model, with modest forecast in 
FY22 but meaningful impact in 
FY23. Continued innovation is 
critical to protect our leadership 
position in the market and 
differentiate Tungsten from 
competitors over the long-term.
We plan improvements to the 
online Supplier Portal necessary 
to match expanding customer 
expectations and drive faster 
and easier supplier onboarding. 
Usability improvements and 
self-service will both simplify the 
onboarding process for customers 
and free Tungsten resource for 
higher value work.
 
We have now contracted with 
vendor UiPath to implement a 
“proof of concept” to adopt robotic 
process automation (‘RPA’) within 
the customer implementation and 
support teams. Early indications 
have already highlighted several 
manual activities that have high 
automation potential, are relatively 
easy to implement, and with 
an associated cost saving. This 
solution also has a wider business 
potential, including applications 
such as Live Chat for website 
visitor engagement. 
Marketing can leverage this 
operational investment to support 
solid pipeline momentum. We also 
plan an industry-focused strategy 
targeting CPG, Pharmaceuticals, 
and Technology. We have a 
compelling value proposition for 
these prospects; large groups 
of suppliers for each industry 
are already on the network. This, 
of course, speeds time to value 
for new customers in the same 
vertical. 
Quarterly Business Report 
customer meetings and 
implementation Health Checks 
will deepen our understanding 
of customer business objectives 
and challenges. We also plan 
a series of Customer Council 
meetings, designed to enhance 
our customer relationships,  
offer peer engagement, and 
collect authentic roadmap  
input. Completing our pivot  
in perspective from “inside out”  
to “outside in” is paramount. 
We plan sales and marketing 
performance analysis to identify 
methods for increased Supplier 
conversion, faster onboarding, 
and a more favourable ratio of 
suppliers connected to multiple 
buyers on the network. We will 
also continue to develop mutually 
beneficial channel partnerships 
including Business Process 
Outsourcing companies, business 
transformation advisories, and 
value-added resellers. 
We will support our Client 
Directors in strategic account 
engagement and expansion. 
Our current AP customer base 
offers significant opportunities for 
revenue growth via transactional 
volume “white space” outlined 
in our Investment Case on page 
08. Also of note, of 168 current 
Tungsten Total AP customers, 
just one also implements Total AR 
and Workflow. As a team, we are 
primed and ready to capture this 
opportunity for Tungsten. 
“A coordinated and aligned cross-
functional strategy with tight focus 
and impeccable execution is a 
requirement for FY22 success.”
OPERATIONAL REVIEW continued

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
14

Q.	 Why are you excited about joining 
Tungsten Network?
A. 	Tungsten has been a pioneer in automated 
invoicing and associated regulatory 
compliance on a global scale, so the 
opportunity to lead and build on the 
next phase of this heritage was a strong 
motivation. In a growing and dynamic 
market fuelled by critical business 
priorities including secure digitisation, 
operational efficiency, sustainability, 
and robust risk and working capital 
management, the Tungsten Network 
and the Tungsten team are a compelling 
combination to address these needs.
	
I was highly motivated to continue a 
leadership role in the sector having gained 
over 20 years of experience in finance, 
operations and online technology at the 
NTT Group, a leading global IT services 
provider. At Tungsten Network, from the 
Board, the Executive team and all the way 
through the organisation I see a strong 
commitment to our purpose of maximising 
value across the supply chain and 
accelerating the global economy. 
“It’s clear that there 
will be ongoing 
uncertainty due 
to the COVID-19 
pandemic and the 
global economic 
situation, so this 
remains a challenge, 
but I remain 
cautiously optimistic 
about the year ahead 
for Tungsten.”
Q.	 What do you think are the main 
challenges to the business in the 
year ahead?
A. 	It’s clear that there will be ongoing 
uncertainty due to the COVID-19 
pandemic and the global economic 
situation, so this remains a challenge, 
but I remain cautiously optimistic about 
the year ahead for Tungsten. We have 
seen a recent recovery in transaction 
volumes since March 2021, and have a 
strong sales pipeline with improved sales 
conversion. No doubt, the unwavering 
focus of everyone at Tungsten to exceed 
customer expectations throughout the 
course of the pandemic has contributed 
to strengthening customer trust and 
decision-making underlying these 
improvements. 
	
The long-term structural and regulatory 
drivers that underpin our markets remain 
firmly intact. We remain committed to 
ongoing investment in new product 
development, compliance services and 
the Tungsten Network in order that we can 
capitalise on the growth opportunities.
Q.	 What are your priorities?
A. 	I have two key priorities that are 
inextricably linked. The team at Tungsten 
have made strong progress amid 
various challenges over recent years, 
so my priority is to leverage that intent 
and momentum to ensure we realise 
accelerated and profitable revenue growth 
in FY22 and beyond. The established 
growth strategy has delivered numerous 
positive outcomes to date including 
successful broadening of Procure-to-Pay 
offerings. Further sharp focus in execution 
will ensure the expanded capabilities of 
the Tungsten Network within our existing 
buyer and supplier base are maximised, 
additional strategic partnerships are 
formed to sustain our customer value, 
and new sales engagements continue to 
grow with improved brand awareness and 
targeted vertical market focus. 
	
Equally, the priority shared across the 
whole of our team at Tungsten is to 
continue to delight and actively listen 
to our loyal customer and partner base. 
Naturally this deepens our relationships 
but also enhances our existing reputation 
for high service delivery, supports our 
innovation and technology roadmap, and 
feeds our relentless focus on the ease 
with which we do business together. It also 
sets the Tungsten standard for trusted 
relationships with our growing base of new 
customers and partners.
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
15
IN CONVERSATION WITH PAUL COOPER

OUR MARKET
Drivers of momentum and growth
The evolving market trend toward full 
business automation with the government 
is on the rise. Governments have started 
requiring businesses to receive electronic 
orders, and regulations are already in 
place in some countries including Italy and 
Germany, where B2G e-invoicing is already 
mandatory.
The public sector is responsible for 16%-18% 
of all purchases in given countries.  
Any organisation unable to accept electronic 
orders won’t be able to conduct business 
with public entities, resulting in negative 
financial and business repercussions.
Tungsten Network makes a considerable 
investment to stay at the forefront of 
regulatory changes within global markets  
and provide trusted advisory for customers 
and partners.
Trend #1
Regulatory drivers
Cost-cutting becomes an ongoing discipline 
providing opportunity for innovation and 
growth. Finance and procurement leaders 
have a new mandate to drive improvements 
for both the business and the larger supplier 
network.
•	 Renewed focus on operational longevity 
and risk exposure/management.
•	 Increased security concerns with remote 
working.
•	 Cash flow protection.
•	 Supply chain health initiatives.
Trend #2
Expanded value 
opportunities
Cloud technology drives self-service 
demand across all areas of the business.
•	 Remote operations require 24/7 access 
and support.
•	 Both internal and external finance 
stakeholders demand new processes.
•	 Opportunities for efficiencies abound – 
only if the right systems are in place.
Trend #3
Shift to Cloud
The focus on increasing digital capabilities 
at a rapid pace is here to stay, even after the 
pandemic is over. This provides momentum 
for increased process improvements and 
digital transformation. Business continuity 
has moved from being best practice priority 
to competitive imperative.
•	 Remote finance teams have seen what 
happens when paper fails. 
•	 Average time to process an AP invoice 
has increased.
•	 Speed of transition from OCR has 
increased.
•	 Rise of “no paper” mandates – leading  
to significant increase in portal use.
Trend #4
Transformation 
acceleration

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
16

COVID-19 impact
The COVID-19 pandemic presented 
a major challenge to the global 
economy. Companies needed 
to ensure business continuity 
amid social distancing norms, 
lockdowns, work-from-home 
policies, and other operational 
challenges. The non-availability 
of digital strategies, tools, or 
infrastructure exacerbated 
the challenges for several 
organisations suddenly forced to 
move operations online or enable 
employees to work remotely from 
their homes.
The impact of the pandemic, along 
with trends explored on the facing 
page, will help propel growth in our 
addressable market. According to 
an Insight Partners’ research report, 
the global e-invoicing market is 
expected to reach a value of around 
USD 15.5 billion by 2027, increasing 
at a CAGR of around 16.2% between 
2020 and 2027. 
“Navigating the global tax compliance 
landscape can be a minefield when  
you’re doing business across borders. 
Every country has its own set of rules  
and regulations that your company  
must adhere to, and violating these  
rules, intentionally or not, can result  
in significant penalties.”
Ruud van Hilten
SVP Business Development  
and Country Compliance 
Learn more about the impact of 
COVID-19 on global 
compliance: 
www.tungsten-
network.com/
resources/blog/
covid-impact-
global-compliance/
	
17
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  

PDF
Paper/post
EDI
Online portal
Total AR
for accounts 
receivable
Tungsten is the trusted partner for global business 
leaders on the journey to digitisation and automation 
business value. We have been privileged to support 
business transformation initiatives of brilliant 
leaders within some of the world’s most respected 
organisations. For most of our customers, the 
partnership has extended over a decade. Our first 
customer, Fisher Scientific, remains with Tungsten 
today. A case study outlining Fisher’s success can 
be found on pages 06 and 07. 
Tungsten Solutions
The Tungsten Network, the 
largest compliant digital 
network of buyers, suppliers, 
and business ecosystems, is 
the engine behind Tungsten 
Solutions’ value for customers. 
Since 2000, when Tungsten 
launched e-invoicing as we 
know it today, our technology 
has evolved but our mission 
has remained constant: to help 
customers maximise invoice 
value across the supply chain. 
We now are one of very 
few providers offering both 
accounts payable and accounts 
receivable e-invoicing. 
Customers can choose from 
a holistic suite of products 
designed to suit specific and 
exact requirements. With all our 
solutions, customers realise 
enhanced efficiencies through 
total invoice automation, secure 
invoice archiving, and mitigation 
against potential fraud and error. 
Unlike many legacy systems, 
Tungsten Solutions scale to any 
size organisation and provide a 
future-proof system. 
Total AR
With Total AR, customers can 
digitise 100% of outbound sales 
invoices, converting paper and 
PDF to standardised electronic 
formats and guaranteed delivery. 
Total AR provides complete 
control of cash flow along with 
real-time invoice delivery status 
and payment visibility.
Easily scalable to specific 
operational needs, Total 
AR helps AR departments 
manage complex customer and 
government requirements while 
providing complete visibility 
across multiple distribution 
channels. 
01. 	 The supplier creates an 
invoice and uploads via the 
format of choice
Invoice  
created
Exceptions 
managed
THE TUNGSTEN NETWORK
An evolving  
digital ecosystem
18

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Total AP
for accounts 
payable
Total AP
With Total AP, our customers 
achieve 100% invoice digitisation 
from day one, accommodating 
all suppliers, regardless of size, 
location, or maturity. Real-time 
spend visibility and analysis helps 
maintain compliance, manage 
suppliers more effectively and 
reduce costs.
Total AP delivers time saving 
benefits, improves cash 
management and gives 
businesses the agility to 
succeed in a global economy 
by converting all invoices into a 
single, digital format.
Tungsten Workflow
Tungsten Workflow solutions help 
customers save valuable time in 
matching purchase order (‘PO’) 
based invoices, approving non-
standard invoices and processing 
exceptions. By linking Workflow, an 
e-invoicing system, our customers 
improve the efficiency of working 
capital and can reduce AP costs 
by 60% or more. 
Workflow streamlines points of 
friction to improve the buyer-
supplier relationships. All Workflow 
products post transactions 
into existing ERP systems 
automatically, with no human 
intervention, distributing invoices 
without manual work.
03. 	The buyer receives 
standardised 
invoice data in 
preferred format 
for processing
02. 	Tungsten translates, 
enriches and validates 
supplier invoice data
Invoice  
data 
delivered
 
Country 
 mandates
Tax  
requirements
 
Government 
gateways
 
Other  
networks
Translation
Archiving
Supply Chain Finance 
Tungsten Supply Chain Finance 
(‘SCF’), offered in partnership 
with supply chain finance leader 
Orbian, provides a complete 
SCF solution and is a win/win 
for both buyer and supplier. The 
supplier receives faster access to 
liquidity by taking early payment 
on invoices. Buyers have new 
ways to optimise working capital. 
Adding the service also creates an 
additional incentive for supplier 
onboarding to e-invoicing. 
Supplier onboarding 
Tungsten offers a variety of 
supplier options for all sizes 
and maturity, along with a 
‘white-glove’ customer service 
ensuring a successful e-invoicing 
programme. Our proprietary 
onboarding processes result 
in conversion rates among the 
best in the industry, accelerating 
customer time to value.
Compliance check
	
19
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  

THE TUNGSTEN NETWORK continued
THE TUNGSTEN NETWORK
Why choose Tungsten  
Network?
What benefits do business 
leaders using intelligent 
process automation 
report? 
Research and advisory firm 
Ardent Partners examines 
strategies, processes, and 
technologies that drive 
business value and accelerate 
organisational transformation. 
The numbers to the right 
compare key operational 
efficiency performance indicators 
between “best-in-class” 
performers and “all others”.  
Intelligent exception 
management
Tungsten’s customisable rules 
engine highlights exceptions at 
the point of invoice submission for 
reduced delays, fewer errors, and 
faster payment. 
3
Complete solution
Tungsten solutions scale to any size 
organisation and provide a future-
proof system. Tungsten offers both 
Accounts Payable and Accounts 
Receivable e-invoicing solutions, 
along with innovative integrations 
for value along the P2P spectrum.
Global compliance
Tungsten helps customers meet 
complex local government mandate 
and country regulation requirements 
through a single connection.
1
4
Increased visibility
Tungsten offers complete visibility 
of line-level spend across all 
enterprise resource planning (‘ERP’) 
systems for better insight, control, 
and performance.
2
Business agility
Tungsten provides a suite of solutions 
to helps customers optimise costs, 
manage cash, maximise invoice value 
and enhance front office decision-
making.
5
$2.56
Cost to process a single invoice (all-inclusive cost) 
(All others $12.88)
67.2%
Invoices processed “straight through”  
(All others 21.2%)
54.0%
Suppliers that submit invoices electronically  
(All others 25.2%)
80.2%
Invoices linked to a purchase order (PO)  
(All others 44.3%)
10.6%
Invoice exception rate 
(All others 27.3%)
3.1 days
Time to process a single invoice  
(All others 11.7 days) 
Source: Ardent Partners’ Accounts Payable Metrics  
that Matter, 2020

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
20

Tungsten’s automated e-invoicing eliminates the challenges associated with manual processes.  
The time and resource savings can be significant. 
Fully automated processing: 20 minutes
Manual processing: 5 to 28 days
Print
Finish
Post
Scan
Sort
Prepare
Archive
Input/Repair
OCR
Customer
Supplier
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
21

OUR STAKEHOLDERS
Key stakeholder groups
Stakeholder 
overview
We recognise the importance 
of each of our stakeholder 
groups. We have created 
structured communications 
channels for regular and 
transparent stakeholder 
communication, in accordance 
with a set of general duties as 
detailed in section 172 of the 
UK Companies Act 2006. This 
Act is summarised as follows: 
Our Directors engage with all 
our key stakeholder groups 
on an ongoing basis. The 
Directors continually review 
the impact of any Company 
decision on key stakeholders. 
Read more About our structured 
communications  
in Statement of compliance 
with section 172 of the 
Companies Act 2006 
41

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
22

Our People
We engage with our people 
continuously and on several 
levels. Central to our people 
culture is accessing valuable staff 
input through regular employee 
surveys, “Lunch and Learn” 
sessions, and virtual team socials. 
For general communications 
and Company updates, we use 
various channels that include 
our Company intranet, weekly 
communications, quarterly staff 
meetings and annual kick-offs. 
Our Customers
Our customers are central to 
everything we do. In FY21 we 
launched quarterly Product 
Power Hours for customers and 
select prospects, during which 
we share Product Roadmap 
and service enhancements. 
Each month, we produce 
interactive webinars incorporating 
customer stories and topics 
of value to our user base. 
In FY22, we will create a Customer 
Council comprised of strategic 
customers and provide a quarterly 
forum for product roadmap and 
service input. Client Management 
staff will also schedule Quarterly 
Business Reports (‘QBR’) to 
drive account understanding 
and optimise Tungsten business 
value for our customers.
Our Investors
Maintaining elevated levels 
of trust with our investors 
and shareholders via strong 
relationships, transparent 
engagement, and open 
communications is at the 
top of our agenda.
In addition to regular meetings, 
we stay engaged with our 
investors and shareholders 
through channels including 
annual general meetings (‘AGMs’) 
and regulatory news service 
(‘RNS’) announcements.
Our Suppliers
During the years, the Group has 
established a global network of 
external service partners and 
suppliers to supplement its own 
operations and infrastructure. 
Recognising the strategic 
reliance on the operating model, 
the Board aims to establish a 
governance framework codified 
in a Supplier Code of Conduct, in 
order to ensure that it engages 
with partners that share similar 
values and goals. An active and 
respectful engagement with 
external suppliers is expected 
from all our employees.
The Executive Committee reviews 
and briefs the Board on an annual 
basis regarding the material 
outsourcing providers, to ensure 
that the oversight of services or 
products remains consistent with 
the Group’s strategy to use service 
partners as a way to add value to 
the Group’s infrastructure. This 
provides the Board with oversight 
of the controls in place to manage 
an important risk in our supply 
chain. The Board is involved in 
key decisions relating to material 
outsourcer arrangements.
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
23

Two milestones took place 
during 2020 and 2021: Brexit and 
COVID-19. Both happened almost 
simultaneously, and both have 
changed the face of financial 
compliance for the near future. 
The financial impact of the 
pandemic has shone a light on 
governmental needs to adopt 
data-driven regulatory measures 
which limit tax and invoice fraud. 
Tax administrations globally are 
accelerating their digitalisation, 
increasing their uptake of more 
sophisticated technology tools 
and e-invoicing portals, or 
gateways, to increase visibility  
of every step of the supply chain. 
This is reflected in governments 
requiring start-to-finish audit trails 
across orders, real time reporting 
and in keeping up with the 
relevant invoice reference number 
(‘IRN’) and quick reference (‘QR’) 
codes. 
The invoice clearance model 
implemented by Italy in 2019 
is now becoming of interest to 
more countries across Europe. 
By implementing such a model, 
governments can receive real-
time information on business 
operations and detect fraudulent 
transactions in a timely manner. 
The COVID-19 pandemic has 
brought a focus on digital and 
offsite working. Brexit has added 
complexities in cross border 
trading. Italy has a model which 
is now being replicated to varying 
degrees across the EU and 
globally. This will bring further 
opportunities our way.
As we explain in this section, this 
brings huge opportunities in how 
Tungsten Network can serve its 
clients. But first some background. 
There are some fundamental 
differences between the post-
Brexit and COVID-19 audit trail 
agendas. Brexit revolves around 
tax transparency across different 
territories. 
It relates to issues such as 
the accuracy and depth to 
which businesses are returning 
their taxes, the traceability of 
transactions and which parties 
they are transacting with. 
The regulatory agenda in the 
wake of the pandemic is more 
based around the move to 
paperless invoicing systems. In an 
e-invoicing context, compliance 
concerns revolve around how 
businesses are signing credit 
notes, verifying the contents 
of invoices, checking tax IDs, 
managing their bookkeeping or 
archiving their records.
E-invoicing is the new 
normal
Before 2020, the trend towards 
paperless systems was already 
well underway, evidenced by the 
huge uptake of e-invoicing over 
recent years. But it has been 
largely compounded by remote 
working practices, which for many 
companies are becoming the new 
normal – both now and in a post-
COVID-19 environment.
It has been evidenced that 
businesses can operate 
remote accounting practices 
very effectively with the right 
technologies and have adjusted 
incredibly well to the “new normal”. 
But while digital e-invoicing 
systems are the way forward 
for businesses, increasing 
government regulation brings 
its own challenges. In 2020, 
there were 10 new compliance 
mandates on e-invoicing alone. 
For companies operating across 
international borders, regulations 
from one territory to the next 
can vary widely. Individual 
countries can experience multiple 
compliance changes in a single 
year. 
Herein lie the considerable 
opportunities for Tungsten 
Network in providing a valuable 
expert advisory role for our 
customers. 
COMPLIANCE OVERVIEW
A new chapter in  
government intervention
1. Italy leads a 
growing wave of 
clearance models
3. COVID-19 
accelerates 
remote accounting 
practices
2. Regulation 
focuses on 
paperless 
invoicing systems

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
24

Partnering with organisations 
including PwC, Sovos and Edicom, 
we keep abreast of differing and 
changing financial regulations 
across the world. In addition, Ruud 
van Hilten, Tungsten Network’s 
Senior Vice President, Country 
Compliance and Strategic 
Business Development, sits on 
the Executive Committee of 
EESPA, Europe’s trade association 
that sets the standards for 
e-invoicing. Through our own 
research, insights from EESPA, 
and our international partners as 
mentioned, we stay up to speed 
as regulations change within 
global markets and provide a 
valuable knowledge source to 
our clients, wherever in the world 
they operate. And because of 
the transparent and data-driven 
nature of e-invoicing technology, 
we provide both our buyer 
and supplier clients with full 
compliance traceability.
Countries make multiple 
compliance changes to their 
initial regulation. For some, the 
scope starts with mandating 
enterprise sized companies, then 
expanding to include smaller 
sized companies. For others, the 
scope requires increasingly tighter 
integration with governments’ 
platforms. Italy and India made 
4 changes in FY21 alone, both 
increasing their requirement to 
stay compliant. Italy’s clearance 
model sets the tone for other 
European countries, requiring 
businesses to integrate their ERP 
to help government increase 
their breadth of data collected. 
These inevitable changes call 
for increasing complexity and 
additional steps businesses must 
take to stay compliant, let alone 
stay up to date on compliance 
news across their geographical 
footprint.
Tungsten’s comprehensive 
service, catering to companies 
from small to enterprise, sets 
us apart from competition. 
Tungsten Network is one of the 
only e-invoicing service providers 
offering clearance services, which 
is one of the most complicated 
parts of the compliance offering. 
Tungsten thus offers services to 
support both business to business 
and business to government 
invoicing and can be one provider 
for all invoicing. With Tungsten, 
suppliers can submit invoice data 
in their choice of format. Tungsten 
ensures that the invoice meets 
government needs and provides 
validation of same before the 
invoice is created. This minimises 
the chance of exception and 
rejection. Tungsten also provides 
confirmation of invoice delivery. 
When Tungsten expanded 
our e-invoicing offering from 
accounts payable (‘AP’) to 
accounts receivable (‘AR’) 
services, we further solidified our 
understanding of buyers’ and 
suppliers’ needs from both ends 
of the same journey and distinct 
compliance requirements for each. 
This knowledge, together with  
our two decades of experience 
and service, prepares us for 
additional complexity. 
An increasingly complex 
compliance landscape 
Government appetites for 
regulation have not died down.  
On the contrary, we anticipate that 
compliance issues in areas such 
as accounting accuracy, invoices 
to payments, ledgers, clearances, 
and tax returns will increase 
moving forward. 
Businesses need a trusted partner 
to alleviate their compliance 
concerns. At Tungsten Network, 
we are proud to support our 
clients in this way through our 
global reach, key partnerships, 
and compliance expertise. 
4. E-invoicing 
provides full 
traceability 
for buyers and 
suppliers
6. Tungsten offers 
trusted consultancy 
on complex 
compliance issues
5. Compliance 
requirements can 
be a moving target
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
25

IN CONVERSATION WITH MARISA TEH
“A key focus for FY22 is ecosystem 
expansion within invoice to payment  
and reduced time to value.”
Marisa Teh, Chief Product and 
Business Development Officer at 
Tungsten Network, reflects on 
the Company’s achievements 
over the past year and its 
ambitious goals for FY22.
Q.	 What have been some 
of the benefits of 
expanding our product 
suite from accounts 
payable (‘AP’) to include 
accounts receivable 
(‘AR’) e-invoicing 
services and how will 
you take this forward  
in the coming year?
A. 	We introduced Total AR in 
late 2019 to complement our 
Workflow and AP solutions. 
Interest from potential 
customers has been strong. 
In FY21, we saw 190% growth 
from the previous year, and 
in FY22 we expect ongoing 
growth. We have a strong 
portfolio of clients and can 
now expedite our time-to-
value to support customers 
at different points in the AR 
digitisation journey. It is also 
a fantastic opportunity to 
introduce Total AR to our 
strong network of AP clients 
and enterprise suppliers.
“The ongoing roll-out  
of Customer 
Connect, along with 
the introduction of 
Supplier Connect, will 
accelerate buyer and 
supplier adoption rates 
and increase customer 
engagement.”

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
26

Q.	 2021 marked two major 
milestones for Workflow. 
It has been 20 years 
since its launch and 
this year it went to the 
Cloud. In brief, what 
are the main benefits 
of Workflow and how 
does the Cloud enhance 
these?
A. 	Workflow is a key component 
of the AP process, with 
automated functionality to 
accept or reject invoices 
as well as to provide three-
way matching of purchase 
orders, invoices, and delivery. 
Through the magic of 
Workflow, all these elements 
come together.
	
In FY21, we launched the 
Cloud-based Universal 
Workflow. In addition to all 
the typical advantages of 
migrating away from on 
premise systems, such as 
cost and hosting advantages, 
Universal Workflow allows for 
connection across different 
ERP instances. This enables 
an any-to-any connection 
and eliminates compatibility 
issues. It also means Tungsten 
can increase competitive 
advantage and widen our 
sales funnel. 
Q.	 What are your plans to 
expand the Tungsten 
Network Workflow 
product suite?
A. 	Our current customers 
love the value they receive 
from our current Workflow 
enterprise solution. In 
order to provide this same 
opportunity for customers 
at earlier stages of digital 
transformation, looking to add 
a “plug and play” Workflow 
to support finance process 
automation, we offer Workflow 
Lite. Having worked over 20 
years with customers across 
different verticals and ERP 
environments, we know 
how to support customers 
looking to start their workflow 
automation sooner.
Q.	 Since joining Tungsten, 
in which areas have 
you initiated efficiency 
measures to increase 
productivity and further 
improve the customer 
experience? 
A. 	The key efficiency milestone 
over the past year has 
been our fully automated 
Customer Connect initiative, 
based around the strategic 
integration of buyers and 
suppliers. Rather than 
needing to raise a support 
ticket through our system, 
Customer Connect empowers 
buyers and suppliers to 
connect directly. Think social 
media platforms, where the 
receiver needs to approve a 
request to connect.
	
Our next efficiency and 
customer value driver for 
FY22 is Supplier Connect, 
which will streamline the 
onboarding of suppliers. 
The amount of information 
needed from suppliers can 
be considerable and it can 
therefore take time to onboard 
them. By providing the 
information in a “self-service” 
environment, suppliers can 
onboard faster and get paid 
sooner. Supplier Connect 
also brings transparency to 
buyers, so they can track and 
increase supplier adoption. 
	
The launch of Self-help, 
from WhatFix, enabled more 
self-serve tooltips to help 
users navigating our portal to 
get instant access to readily 
available answers especially 
if they are asking frequently 
asked questions.
	
A combination of these 
initiatives has helped to 
contribute towards a year-
on-year reduction in ticket 
resolution times of 50%.
Q.	 What are some of your 
key objectives for FY22?
A .	 A key focus for FY22 is 
ecosystem expansion within 
invoice to payment and 
reduced time to value. We 
will continue to develop the 
Total AR solution based on the 
learnings over the past year. 
We are also expanding our 
Workflow product to serve a 
wider range of customers. 
	
The ongoing roll-out of 
Customer Connect, along with 
the introduction of Supplier 
Connect, will accelerate 
buyer and supplier adoption 
rates and increase customer 
engagement. Supplier Connect 
will also allow us to improve 
buyer visibility of supplier 
implementation progress to 
resolve issues and accelerate 
supplier onboarding. 
	
Another product, our Email In 
solution, uses AI to accelerate 
data capture without Web 
Form key in or complex ERP 
integration, so that suppliers 
can create invoices faster 
without as many errors. Email 
In attracts and serves the 
middle market, the market 
that was untapped with our 
integrated supplier and Web 
Form service. It is currently in 
pilot stage, and we’ve already 
had some positive customer 
feedback. Suppliers from 
Kraft and HPI have reported 
processing around 15 invoices 
in 20 minutes!
	
We are working on propositions 
to support suppliers in 
expediting their payment 
receivables. In this regard, we 
have already established major 
partnerships with Fintech 
firm FIS Worldpay and supply 
chain finance provider Orbian. 
We are currently exploring 
new innovations with our 
close partners to enrich their 
existing offering and to extend 
our e-invoicing services to 
offer flexible and expediting 
payments. We are also working 
to optimise our compliance 
operations and footprint, given 
the recent acceleration of 
government mandates and 
other regulatory drivers.
Learn more   
about our Product 
Roadmap 
https://www.
tungsten-network.
com/roadmap/ 
“Customer Connect empowers 
buyers and suppliers to connect 
directly. Think social media 
platforms, where the receiver needs 
to approve a request to connect.”
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
27

Challenge
Until 2015, HLNA’s AP department 
was relying on a variety of 
divergent manual, paper-
based processes to handle 
115,000 invoices per year, with 
inconsistencies from one location 
to the next. This decentralisation 
of process led to lack of invoice 
and accrual visibility within the 
business, in addition to creating 
significant delays which damaged 
vendor relationships. Brad 
Gerritsen, a 21-year AP veteran 
and Accounts Payable Coordinator 
for all HLNA companies in North 
America, knew there was a 
faster, more reliable way for 
Honda Logistics North America 
to process invoices, so he began 
investigating e-invoicing at 
industry conferences.
After proving the efficacy of 
invoice automation to HLNA’s 
manager of finance and 
gaining business approval, 
Brad spearheaded the project, 
beginning with soliciting 
competitive bids; he researched 
and vetted three different 
companies before ultimately 
deciding to partner with Tungsten.
Solution
A competitive bidding process 
focused on the need for seamless, 
expedited and visible processing 
of invoices across all North 
America locations. Another 
priority for HNLA was a solution 
that streamlined workflow 
and approval routing within a 
centralised ERP. What ultimately 
set the Tungsten Network solution 
apart, however, was its ability to 
provide advanced historical and 
real-time, line-level analytics that 
allow HNLA’s AP team to begin 
investing in strategic initiatives.
Impact
Now in its sixth year using 
Workflow, HLNA has experienced 
transformative results from the 
very beginning.
Indeed, the manual, paper-based 
systems no longer exist, and 
invoices are validated within 48 
hours with no invoice going lost 
or unpaid. Brad and his staff have 
full visibility of every invoice, 
and HLNA now faces far fewer 
late fees and finance charges. 
Unlike many organisations, HLNA 
experienced no interruption of 
service or productivity as a result 
of COVID-19, and considers the 
move from manual to digital 
systems the primary factor in their 
continued success.
Partnering with Tungsten Network 
has given Brad, and the rest of his 
team, peace of mind. The books 
are closed on the first of every 
month, there’s greater synergy 
between AP and other HLNA 
departments, and for the first time 
in the company’s history the AP 
department is able to offer deep 
discounts, focus on strategic 
initiatives, and serve as a profit 
centre for the company.
Customer
Honda Logistics  
North America, Inc.
Industry
Logistics  
& supply chain
Geography
North America
Key objectives
•	 AP centralisation
•	 Process consistency
•	 Invoice visibility
•	 Expedited processing
•	 Improved vendor relationships
•	 Enhanced analytics
Results
50% 
Reallocation of FTEs 
to other parts of the 
business
48hrs 
Guaranteed 
validation of every 
invoice
CASE STUDY: HONDA LOGISTICS NORTH AMERICA
The best solution for  
a complex business
Honda Logistics North America, Inc. (HLNA) provides special  
warehousing, storage, freight, transportation and logistics for  
Honda manufacturing facilities throughout North America.  
Founded in 2013, the Ohio-based privately owned company  
employs approximately 3,800 people.
•	 Full visibility of invoice status
•	 Elimination of late fees and finance charges
•	 Faster, less painful audits
•	 Improved global repayment and supplier reconciliation
•	 Improved vendor data quality
•	 Ability to realise deep discounts
•	 AP team focused on strategic initiatives
28

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

“We needed a system that could 
manage all seven companies’ 
invoices separately as well as 
having a clear authorisation 
matrix for approvals. Tungsten 
Network offered us the best 
solution for a complex business.”
Brad Gerritsen
Accounts Payable Coordinator,  
Honda Logistics North America, Inc.
Interested in 
learning more? 
Explore our solution suite on 
our website: 
www.tungsten-network.com
	
29
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW
Income statement
Constant currency revenues grew 
by 1.4% against a challenging 
market condition backdrop. We 
also saw an increase in new 
customer wins to 8 (FY20: 6) from 
large international corporations 
delivering total contract value 
(‘TCV’) of £2.0 million representing 
growth of 137% versus FY20. 
Transaction volumes declined by 
4% and we experienced a longer 
sales conversion cycle. We have 
however begun to see an increase 
in transaction volumes in March 
and April 2021, with transaction 
volumes for the 2 months 
increasing by 7% versus the same 
period in FY20. This trajectory has 
also continued into FY22.
We are cautiously optimistic 
around FY22, given our sales 
conversions in FY21, with a £680k 
revenue impact in FY22, accretive 
to recurring and repeating revenue 
in FY21.
Revenue
On a constant currency basis, 
revenue excluding TNF grew 1.4% 
year on year – on a reported basis 
(excluding TNF), it reduced from 
£36.3 million to £36.1 million, in 
part reflecting the strengthening 
of the pound against the dollar.
Total new sales billings in FY21 
were £3.6 million (FY20: £3.2 
million), representing year one 
billings for new services sold to 
current and new buyers. £3.0 
million of this was recognised in 
FY21, with the balance of £0.6 
million to be recognised in FY22. 
New customer wins increased 
in FY21 to 8 (FY20: 6 wins) from 
large international corporations 
delivering total contract value 
(‘TCV’) of £2.0 million with £0.7 
million recognised in FY21. This 
represents TCV growth of 137% 
versus FY20.
Recurring revenue decreased by 
£0.7 million, or 3%, to £18.9 million 
primarily due to buyer churn of 
£0.4 million, adverse FX of £0.4 
million and the loss of a non-core 
analytics product of £0.3 million. 
This has been partially offset by 
revenue relating to new customer 
wins of £0.7 million.
Income statement
£m	
	
Group
 	
	
	
FY21	
FY20
Revenue	
	
	
36.1	
36.8
Cost of sales	
	
	
(2.3)	
(1.6)
Gross profit 	
	
	
33.8	
35.2
Adjusted operating expenses1	
	
	
(30.2)	
(32.5)
Adjusted EBITDA2	
	
	
3.6	
2.7
Rent adjustment3	
	
	
1.1	
1.0
Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA4	
	
	
4.7	
3.7
Other operating expenses	
	
	
(37.9)	
(29.2)
Operating loss	
	
	
(33.2)	
(25.5)
Net finance income/(costs)	
	
	
(1.4)	
(0.4)
Loss before taxation	
	
	
(34.6)	
(25.9)
Taxation	
	
	
(0.1)	
(0.1)
Loss for the year	
	
	
(34.7)	
(26.0)
1.	 Adjusted operating expenses exclude cost of sales, other income, interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, impairment of intangible 
assets, loss on disposal of assets, foreign exchange gains or losses, share-based payment charges, and exceptional items, and is 
adjusted to include cash rental expenses and rental income. 
2.	 Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as earnings before net finance cost, tax, depreciation and amortisation, impairment of goodwill, 
impairment of intangible assets, impairment of right of use assets, impairment of leasehold improvements, loss on disposal of assets, 
foreign exchange gain or loss, share-based payment expense and exceptional items, and is adjusted to include lease payments.
3.	 Rent adjustment equates to lease payments. 
4.	 Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA is calculated as earnings before net finance cost, tax, depreciation and amortisation (which 
includes lease costs), impairment of goodwill, impairment of intangible assets, impairment of right of use assets, impairment of leasehold 
improvements, loss on disposal of assets, foreign exchange gain or loss, share-based payment expense and exceptional items. The most 
directly comparable IFRS measure to Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA is operating loss for the period. Management utilises 
Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA to monitor performance as it illustrates the underlying performance of the business by 
excluding items management considers to be not reflective of the underlying trading operations of the Group, or adding items which are 
reflective of the overall trading operations, as applicable. 
Revenue
£m 	
	
FY21	
FY20	
Movement1
Recurring revenue2	
	
18.9	
19.6	
-3%
Repeatable revenue3	
	
14.6	
14.4	
1%
Total recurring and repeatable revenue	
	
33.5	
34.0	
-1%
Other revenue4	
	
2.6	
2.3	
11%
Tungsten Network total revenue 	
	
36.1	
36.3	
-1%
TNF revenue5	
	
—	
0.5	
-97%
Group revenue	
	
36.1	
36.8	
-2%
Recurring revenue % of total Tungsten Network revenue6	 	
53%	
54%	
–1%
Total recurring & repeatable revenue % of total  
Tungsten Network revenue7	
	
93%	
94%	
-1%
1.	 Revenue is shown to the nearest £0.1 million. Movement is calculated on figures to the nearest £1. 
2.	 Recurring revenue represents annual subscription and maintenance fees on contracts typically ranging from 1 to 3 years and billed 
annually in advance. 
3.	 Repeatable revenue represents transaction-based fees from contracted customers, typically billed at the point of usage or at the end of 
the month of usage. 
4.	 Other revenue represents implementation, modification and professional services fees, billed either in advance or on completion of 
project stages. 
5.	 TNF revenue relates to revenue generated by the trade finance business.
6.	 Recurring revenue % is revenue from annual subscriptions and maintenance fees as a % of revenue excluding TNF. 
7.	 Recurring and repeatable revenue % is total recurring and repeatable revenue as a % of revenue excluding TNF. 

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
30

Expenses
£m 	
FY21	
FY20	
Movement
Adjusted operating expenses1	
(30.2)	
(32.5)	
2.3
Rent adjustment 	
1.1 	
1.0 	
0.1
Cost of sales 	
(2.3) 	
(1.6) 	
(0.7) 
Depreciation and amortisation  	
(4.3) 	
(4.4) 	
0.1
Loss on disposal of assets 	
(0.1) 	
(0.6) 	
0.5
Foreign exchange (loss) / gain 	
(3.3) 	
0.8 	
(4.1) 
Share-based payment expense 	
(0.3) 	
(0.5) 	
0.2
Exceptional items 	
(2.1) 	
(1.5) 	
(0.6) 
Impairment of goodwill	
(26.2) 	
(23.0) 	
(3.2) 
Impairment of customer relationships	
(0.1) 	
– 	
(0.1)
Impairment of right of use asset	
(1.1) 	
–  	
(1.1) 
Impairment of leasehold improvements	
(0.5) 	
– 	
(0.5) 
Statutory operating expenses 	
(69.4) 	
(62.3) 	
(7.1) 
1.	 Adjusted operating expenses exclude cost of sales, depreciation, amortisation, impairment of goodwill, impairment of right of use assets, 
impairment of leasehold improvements, loss on disposal of assets, foreign exchange gains or losses, share-based payment charges, and 
exceptional items, and are adjusted to include rental payments. 
Repeatable revenue increased by 
£0.2 million, or 1%, to £14.6 million 
(FY20: £14.4 million) due to price 
increases offsetting a decline in 
transaction volumes and adverse 
FX movements.
Other revenue increased by £0.3 
million to £2.6 million (FY20: 
£2.3 million) due to increased 
implementation revenues arising 
from new wins. 
We were advised during FY21 
that an existing customer who 
accounts for 5% of our revenue 
will be leaving our network in 
FY23. Whilst we expect a number 
of associated suppliers to leave 
our network in the second half 
of FY22, the full impact will be 
in FY23. There was no financial 
impact in FY21.
TNF revenue was £0.0 million 
in FY21 (FY20: £0.5 million), a 
decrease of £0.5 million as the 
business was fully wound down  
at the beginning of FY21. 
Revenue by type  
of customer 
Buyer revenue represented 41% of 
Tungsten Network revenue in FY21 
(FY20: 42%). Total buyer revenue 
was £14.7 million (FY20: £15.3 
million). This decrease of £0.6 
million was primarily due to buyer 
churn of £0.4 million (primarily the 
annualised impact of leavers from 
FY20 rather than FY21), adverse 
FX of £0.2 million, and the loss of 
a non-core analytics product of 
£0.3 million. This has been partially 
offset by revenue relating to new 
customer wins of £0.4 million.
Supplier revenue represented 59% 
of Tungsten Network revenue in 
FY21 (FY20: 58%). Total supplier 
revenue grew 0.9% to £21.2 million 
(FY20: £21.0 million) due to price 
increases and an increase in AR 
customers offsetting transaction 
volume declines.
Expenses
The Group’s adjusted operating 
expenses reduced by 7% to £30.2 
million (FY20: £32.5 million). This 
is primarily due to a reduction in 
travel and expense of £0.9 million 
due to the impact of COVID-19 and 
other staff cost savings of £1.3 
million from the wind-down of 
TNF, partially offset by increased 
staff costs with investment in 
the sales team and a new senior 
management team.
Statutory operating expenses 
increased by £7.1 million to £69.4 
million (FY20: £62.3 million). Other 
key movements include: 
•	 An increase in the goodwill 
impairment by £3.2 million 
to £26.2 million (FY20: £23.0 
million). The impairment charge 
is due to a further impairment 
to goodwill associated with 
the OB10 acquisition in 2013. 
Whilst significant operational 
progress was made with the 
strategic plan during the 
period, as referenced in our 
trading update of 27 November, 
COVID-19 has had a negative 
impact on trading performance, 
therefore at the interim results 
we conducted an impairment 
review of our goodwill and 
concluded that a further 
impairment was required. 
Goodwill at 30 April 2021 was 
£49.6 million (FY20: £76.1 
million).
•	 Increase in the foreign 
exchange loss of £4.1 million 
primarily due to £3.6 million 
of foreign exchange losses 
on intercompany balances 
denominated in USD.
•	 An impairment of £1.1 million  
in our right of use assets 
relating to our offices as 
Tungsten moves to a co-
working environment where  
the Company maintains a 
smaller private office space  
for teams to use on a rota basis, 
supplemented by bookable 
meeting rooms and the use  
of co-working space. Tungsten 
is actively looking to sub-let 
some of its office space to offset 
some of the costs associated  
with these leases.
•	 An impairment of £0.5 million 
in our leasehold improvements 
relating to the right of use 
assets which have been 
impaired.
•	 Cost of sales increased by 
£0.7 million primarily due to 
an increase in AR costs of £0.1 
million relating to the launch of 
new customers and an increase 
in commissions of £0.2 million.
•	 Exceptional items increased 
by £0.6 million primarily due to 
restructuring activities.
Loss before tax 
The Group generated a loss before 
tax of £34.6 million (FY20: £26.0 
million).
Financial   
Statements 
For more information  
turn to pages 
82 to 127
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
31

Cash flow
£m 	
	
	
FY21	
FY20
Net cash flow from operating activities	
	
	
2.5	
4.6
Net cash flow from investing activities	
	
	
(2.6)	
(3.0)
Net cash flow from financing activities	
	
	
(1.0)	
(0.1)
Net movement in cash & cash equivalents	
	
	
(1.1)	
1.5
Exchange adjustments	
	
	
—	
(0.1)
Cash & cash equivalents at the start of the period	
	
	
5.2	
3.8
Cash & cash equivalents at the end of the period	
	
	
4.1	
5.2
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S REVIEW continued
Taxation 
There is a tax charge of £0.1 million 
for the year (FY20: £0.1 million).
Loss per share 
The basic and diluted loss per 
share was 27.49 pence (FY20: 
20.62 pence). 
Dividends 
The Company has not paid,  
and does not propose to pay,  
a dividend in relation to FY21. 
Funding and liquidity 
Cash and cash equivalents at 
the end of FY21 were £4.1 million 
(FY20: £5.2 million). Net cash 
(including borrowings under the 
revolving credit facility) at the end 
of FY21 was £2.1 million (FY20: 
£3.2 million). 
The Group renewed its existing 
£4.0 million revolving credit facility 
in FY21 with an expiry date of 
December 2023. The terms of the 
RCF remain broadly the same as 
the previous facility.
The Group had a cash outflow 
in FY21 of £1.1 million, with cash 
and cash equivalents at the end 
of FY21 of £4.1 million. Including 
borrowings, net cash was £2.1 
million. Liquidity, including £2.0 
million of undrawn revolving credit 
facility with a maturity date of 
December 2023, was £6.1 million. 
There was no further drawdown  
of the RCF facility in FY21.
Cash flows from operating 
activities 
Cash generated from operating 
activities was £2.5 million (FY20: 
£4.6 million). The reduction versus 
prior year was primarily due to 
restructuring costs of £1.4 million 
arising from FY20 and FY21 
restructuring activities.
Cash flows from investing 
activities 
Cash spent on investing activities 
decreased by £0.4 million to £2.6 
million (FY20: £3.0 million). 
Cash flows from financing 
activities 
Cash outflow from financing 
activities of £1.0 million (FY20: £0.1 
million) decreased by £0.9 million 
due to a partial drawdown of £1.0 
million of our loan facility during 
FY20. There were no further 
drawdowns in FY21. The £1.0 
million outflow for FY21 represents 
office rental payments showing 
in financing activities in line with 
IFRS 16.
Capital expenditure 
During the year, the Group spent 
£2.6 million on capital expenditure, 
£2.4 million relating to internally 
capitalised software development 
and £0.2 million in relation to 
capitalised licences. Amongst our 
capitalised development were the 
likes of Customer Connect and 
Supplier Connect to automate 
sign-ups, OTC (our order to 
cash project) and additional 
development of new functionality 
and updates to our customer 
portal and our core transaction 
processing software. A number 
of projects within our service 
improvements and also OTC are 
assets under construction which 
we expect to go live in FY22.
Balance sheet items 
Goodwill has reduced by £26.5 
million to £49.6 million (FY20: 
£76.1 million), reflecting the £26.2 
million impairment charge together 
with foreign exchange translation 
movements.
Related parties 
The Group entered into 
transactions with related parties 
in the ordinary course of business, 
more details of which are disclosed 
in Note 24 of the Group accounts.
Going concern 
The Group closely monitors its 
funding position throughout 
the year, including monitoring 
compliance with covenants and 
available facilities to ensure it 
has sufficient headroom to fund 
operations.
On 14 August 2020, the Group 
renewed its existing revolving 
credit facility agreement of up 
to £4.0 million, which expires in 
December 2023. 
The Group was in compliance with 
all covenants for the year ended  
30 April 2021. 
In arriving at their opinion on 
going concern, the Directors have 
considered the Group’s forecasts 
for the period to 31 October 2022, 
and specifically the ability to meet 
the covenant tests (see Note 
21). These forecasts reflect the 
assumption of future sales growth. 
These forecasts indicate that the 
Group will be able to operate within 
the covenants throughout this 
period and have no issues with 
liquidity.
Financial  
Statements
For more information  
turn to pages 
82 to 127

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
32

The Directors have considered 
the following principal risks and 
uncertainties that could potentially 
impact the Group’s ability to fund 
its future activities and adhere 
to its future banking covenants, 
including: 
•	 A decline in market conditions 
resulting in lower than forecast 
sales; 
•	 An ability to grow at the 
required rate;
•	 A possibility of a material 
contract not being renewed; 
and 
•	 The terms of the Group’s 
revised lending arrangements 
and whether these could 
limit investment in growth 
opportunities. 
The forecasts on which the going 
concern assessment is based have 
been subject to sensitivity analysis 
and stress testing to assess 
the impact of the above risks. 
The Group has considered two 
downside scenarios: a plausible 
downside scenario, factoring in a 
reduction in sales volumes offset 
by reductions in direct expenditure 
and discretionary operating costs, 
and a more severe downside 
where the sales assumptions are 
markedly reduced. The results 
showed that under these scenarios 
the Group will still be able to 
operate within the covenants 
with adequate headroom for the 
forecast period to 31 October 
2022 and that no liquidity issues 
arise. Whilst the severe downside 
scenario results in covenants 
still being passed, no liquidity 
issues and adequate headroom, 
the Directors have also reviewed 
realistic additional mitigating 
actions that could be taken over 
and above those already included 
in the plausible downside scenario 
forecast to avoid or reduce the 
impact or occurrence of the 
underlying risks.
On consideration of the above, 
the Directors believe that the 
Group has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence 
for the forecast period to 31 
October 2022 and the Directors 
therefore consider it is appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis 
in preparing the FY21 financial 
statements.
Post balance sheet events
There are no known material 
adjusting or unadjusting events 
occurring between the balance 
sheet date and the date when 
the financial statements were 
authorised for issue.
Ian Kelly
Chief Financial Officer 
29 July 2021
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
33

“We recognise that supporting our 
people so that they can meet their 
professional and personal aspirations 
is crucial to their morale and also the 
success of the Company.”
Jessica Oppenheimer
Chief People Officer
Our Company 
values
 
We are Connected 
We are interconnected 
and rely on each 
other to deliver high 
performance.
 
I Contribute 
We all contribute to 
the performance and 
success of Tungsten 
Network and we all 
make a difference.
 
Loving our 
Customers 
We are here to 
support our 
customers 
with innovative 
technology and 
unsurpassed 
customer service.
 
Caring for the  
Environment 
We are focused on 
having a low impact 
on the environment 
and encouraging 
companies to use 
our services to 
reduce their carbon 
footprint. 
Engaging our employees 
in the “new normal”
Last year we were happy to report 
how quickly we had been able to 
transition to a remote working 
environment. We swiftly equipped 
our employees with the tools 
and support they needed while 
maintaining uninterrupted delivery 
for our customers. 
Over the past year, we 
have delivered training and 
communication initiatives to 
maximise both the effectiveness 
and morale of our global workforce 
in what is still largely a remote 
working environment.
My Tungsten  
onboarding portal
Remote onboarding has been 
a challenge for new starters in 
organisations globally – Tungsten 
Network included. It has deprived 
them of the chance to experience 
their working environment, 
meet their colleagues face-to-
face and get under the skin of 
the organisation’s culture. To 
provide new starters the best 
possible onboarding experience, 
in May 2021 we launched our My 
Tungsten onboarding portal to 
help new employees feel part of 
our organisation from the moment 
they decide to join the Company.
Since the start of the pandemic, 
Tungsten Network has continued 
to grow, onboarding 57 new 
team members. Through our My 
Tungsten onboarding portal, new 
starters can become familiar 
with our people, culture, and 
processes. They can learn about 
our values, product offerings, 
recognition, and rewards systems. 
They can also understand how 
we measure performance, 
familiarise themselves with their 
team members and receive 
management support. 
Our ongoing  
people initiatives
For our existing employees, our 
focus has remained on rolling out 
initiatives to support both their 
physical and mental wellbeing. 
During the pandemic, employees 
across all organisations have 
reacted to remote working in 
different ways. Some have 
adjusted well, while others have 
found it a challenge working 
outside an office environment. 
Our employee pulse surveys held 
throughout the year are invaluable 
to ensuring we stay connected to 
how our employees think and feel. 
This has been particularly poignant 
during the pandemic. Over the 
past year, we have initiated our 
Tungsten Ways of Working (‘T-WOW’) 
programme based on survey 
feedback on working culture. 
T-WOW gives employees a 
multitude of tips, with intranet 
webinars ranging from how to 
make meetings more efficient, 
virtual desk yoga and beating 
lockdown loneliness, to setting 
time boundaries, using remote 
meetings platforms and building 
an ergonomic home office.
Recognising our employees
Our employee involvement 
extends to our staff recognition 
programmes. The Kudos 
initiative, launched in May 2020, 
has been highly successful. 
Employees can recognise and 
send a thank you to another 
employee on the Company 
intranet; a way to reinforce our 
organisational culture, each thank 
you links to a Company value.  
Another employee-driven 
initiative launched in the last 
year, our Value Awards recognise 
employees that have gone above 
and beyond in their Company 
contribution. The winners were 
chosen from over 100 employee 
nominations and were announced 
at a special virtual awards 
ceremony at the FY22 kick-off.
OUR PEOPLE & CULTURE
Supporting our people

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
34

5
Number of  
offices
34
United  
States
99
London  
UK
78
Kuala  
Lumpur
13
Sofia
3
Rest of  
the world
227
Total headcount
Our people across 
the world
New ways of working
As a result of our initiatives, our 
employees have rewarded us with 
their feedback on how we have 
dealt with the challenges of the 
pandemic, with 89% of employees 
giving us their seal of approval. We 
will continue to roll out initiatives 
designed around strengthening 
our people and culture, which 
remain front-and-centre of our 
strategy. As a result, we have 
continued to deliver to our 
customers day-in and day-out. 
We look forward to welcoming our 
people back into the office when it 
is safe to do so. 
Forward thinking
Through the resilience, drive and 
calibre of our employees and a 
robust organisational culture, we 
are emerging from the experience 
of the pandemic stronger and 
more unified. 
But supporting our people and 
strengthening our organisational 
culture is an ongoing journey and 
we look forward to reporting the 
new achievements we have made 
next year and beyond. 
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
35

Despite having self-billing in 
place, Henkel continued to handle 
1.25 million paper invoices each 
year. In order to deliver further 
automation and efficiency, they 
decided to explore e-invoicing as 
a complementary process to their 
existing AP technology.
“When we started our 
investigations, we saw e-invoicing 
as a process that could help 
us increase our automation 
levels, reduce workloads and 
drive down cost,” says Jens 
Fischer, Henkel’s Global Process 
Manager – Purchase to Pay. 
“We recognised that e-invoicing 
could be a complementary way of 
increasing levels of automation.” 
Henkel’s business case concluded 
that a strategic investment 
in e-invoicing would pay off, 
particularly in the longer term as 
more of their suppliers join the 
network.
After looking at several providers, 
Henkel chose Tungsten Network 
as their provider of choice. 
Jens says, “Tungsten stood 
out in a variety of ways, most 
notably because of its supplier 
onboarding capability. The focus 
on VAT compliance, as well as its 
straightforward pricing model, 
were also influential in the 
decision-making process.”
Solution
Having decided that the initial 
scope for e-invoicing would cover 
its suppliers in Western Europe, 
Henkel formed a project team of 
its own employees – drawn from 
Purchasing, IT and Finance – and 
Tungsten Network consultants.
Divided into two work streams, the 
implementation stream developed 
the project’s blueprint and took 
the process through its building, 
test and deployment phases. 
The onboarding stream focused 
on getting suppliers set up for 
e-invoicing, running through 
the various phases of external 
and internal communications 
and training, analysing supplier 
data, and taking the project right 
through to getting suppliers 
enrolled and transacting.
The breadth of the Tungsten 
Network also had a significant 
impact on the success of the 
project: “Many of our suppliers 
were already on the platform, 
which helped us validate the 
technical solution,” says Jens.
While the onboarding process 
went well, Jens says he felt 
well supported. “Onboarding 
suppliers isn’t simple. Tungsten 
Network sometimes requires our 
help with suppliers that resist 
e-invoicing, but it does most 
of the enrolment work. We now 
have suppliers signed up from 
Western Europe, and Central and 
Eastern Europe.” Emphasising 
the importance of the onboarding 
process to the overall success of 
every e-invoicing project, Didier 
Lombard, Client Manager at 
Tungsten Network, says: “Henkel 
has been proactive in working 
with its suppliers and has followed 
our best practices.”
Customer
Henkel
Industry
Consumer goods
Geography
USA
Key objectives
•	 Increase overall levels of automation  
in purchase to pay process
•	 Deliver increased efficiency,  
effectiveness and compliance
•	 Reduce 1.25 million paper invoices  
being transacted annually
Results
72% 
of in-scope  
suppliers live 
with e-invoicing
CASE STUDY: HENKEL
Increased transparency  
from e-invoicing
Henkel, a global consumer goods organisation of 50,000  
employees responsible for brands such as Persil, Schwarzkopf  
and Loctite, is committed to optimising its purchase to pay  
function by increasing efficiency, effectiveness and compliance.
“Within the first 12 
months, suppliers  
that send 72% of 
Henkel’s in-scope 
invoices were signed-
up for e-invoicing.”
•	 Extending roll out to Central and 
Eastern Europe and Asia
Interested in 
learning more? 
Explore our solution suite on 
our website: 
www.tungsten-network.com
36

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

“For example, we have a smooth 
and effective approach to 
engaging with suppliers that 
may have initial concerns about 
e-invoicing. The team has a single 
point of contact who gives a 
consistent and prompt response 
that explains the advantages and 
consequences of not moving 
forward. Procurement is held back 
as second-level escalation.“
Impact
Within the first 12 months, 
suppliers that send 72% of 
Henkel’s in-scope invoices were 
signed-up for e- invoicing.
As a result, Henkel extended the 
project’s reach to Central and 
Eastern Europe, and continues 
to focus on ramping up the 
transaction volumes. Henkel 
does not scan any invoices and 
is benefiting from the increased 
transparency e-invoicing provides.
Looking to the future, Henkel is 
taking the roll out of e-invoicing 
even further by including 
North America and Asia in the 
programme.
“Tungsten stood out in a variety  
of ways, most notably because of 
its supplier onboarding capability. 
The focus on VAT compliance, as 
well as its straightforward pricing 
model, were also influential in 
the decision-making process.”
Jens Fischer
Henkel’s Global Process Manager  
Purchase to Pay
	
37
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  

RISK MANAGEMENT
Principal risks and uncertainties 
Tungsten Corporation plc has 
dedicated compliance and cyber 
security teams. Amongst other 
things, these teams are accountable 
for the maintenance of the 
appropriate controls and processes 
to sustain Tungsten Corporation plc’s 
certification under both ISO 27001 
(information security management) 
and ISAE 3402 (controls at a 
service organisation). The Security 
Committee is chaired by the  
General Counsel/Data 
Protection Officer and includes 
other members of the senior 
management team as well as key 
personnel from the business who 
are responsible for delivery.
All significant sales opportunities 
are subject to technical and 
contractual review by senior 
members of our legal, financial, 
commercial and technology teams. 
There are strict internal controls 
applied to the development of our 
systems, products and services. 
In order to assist with the 
management of risks, the 
Group continues to recruit 
individuals who are expert in 
our markets, technology and 
support disciplines. The Group 
has a delegation of authorities 
that clearly sets out the approval 
required for key activities, 
including those restricted to the 
Board and the Executive Directors. 
The disclosure of the key risks 
and uncertainties in the table 
below reflects the approach of 
the Company to also look for the 
opportunities presented when 
addressing such risks. This is not 
an exhaustive list of all the risks 
faced by the Company.
The Company has undergone 
a period of change in strategy, 
senior management, operations, 
governance and culture. Effective 
risk management has remained 
a high priority throughout these 
changes.
Tungsten Corporation plc operates 
the world’s largest compliant 
e-invoicing network and is a 
trusted partner to hundreds of 
thousands of global enterprises. 
Our customers expect us to 
proactively manage and predict 
the risks and uncertainties that 
are inherent in business.
Risk management at Tungsten 
Corporation plc starts at the Board 
but is delivered throughout the 
Group. 
The Audit Committee continually 
monitors and promotes the 
highest standards of integrity, 
financial reporting, risk 
management and internal control.
The Executive Directors and 
the senior management team 
oversee the management of the 
business, utilising a wide range 
of controls, including financial, 
operational and compliance 
oversight, together with risk 
management. They ensure that 
the risk management strategy 
is implemented throughout the 
business.
Risk
Impact
Mitigation
Customer Relationships 
Tungsten Network works with 
some of the world’s biggest 
companies. There is a risk that 
Tungsten Network may fail to 
win and/or retain contracts on 
satisfactory terms and conditions 
with the existing as well as new 
targeted customers and markets.
•	 Failure to meet our 
growth plans.
•	 Failure to achieve 
targets for revenue, 
profit and earnings.
•	 Active management in place to spread revenues across all customers. 
No one customer accounts for significant revenue or concentration of 
revenue.
•	 We were advised during FY21 an existing customer who accounts for 5% 
of our revenue will be leaving our network in FY23. Whilst a ramp down 
will commence in FY22, we expect the full impact of this to be in FY23.
•	 Where a customer does not renew, Tungsten will typically provide support 
over a transitional phase of c. 6 to +12 months, potentially extending 
revenues beyond contract termination for the relevant transition period.
•	 Structured contracts approval process with clearly defined selection 
criteria to ensure contracts are taken on or renewed only where Tungsten 
Network can provide a good service and manage any risks involved.
•	 Continual review and development of the client relationship management 
structure and function to improve services to the existing customer base.
•	 A process is in place to continuously listen and respond to customers 
to enhance their experience of using Tungsten Network’s products and 
services.
Risk level
Medium 
Read more 
Audit Committee 
report 
turn to pages 
52 to 58

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
38

Risk
Impact
Mitigation
Market 
Geopolitical issues around global 
trade wars, Brexit, global recession 
lead to catastrophic loss of 
business by our large customers 
which will impact Tungsten 
Network.
•	 Failure to meet our 
targets for revenue, 
profit and earnings.
•	 Failure to meet our 
growth plans.
•	 Interrupt the 
viability of doing 
business in some 
countries.
•	 Executive Committee review on a timely basis on market movement and 
regularly communicate with our main buyers to understand how any 
potential geopolitical factors are affecting their businesses.
Risk level
Medium 
Pandemic  
COVID-19 virus.
•	 Failure to meet our 
growth plans.
•	 Failure to achieve 
targets for revenue, 
profit and earnings.
•	 Products and 
services become 
unavailable.
•	 Following the global pandemic in March 2020, the Executive 
Management team has continuously monitored the situation, assessing 
and following guidance from the World Health Organization (‘WHO’) and 
local government and agencies especially in countries where our offices 
and employees are located.
•	 Employees continue to work remotely since March 2020 with virtual 
sales demonstrations and customer meetings replacing face-to-face 
appointments. 
•	 Close monitoring on the virus reported cases and observing country 
regulations to combat COVID-19. Regular updates provided to all 
employees on COVID-19 latest updates and Company’s decision/next 
steps to ensure business as usual and keeping the employees safe.
•	 Close monitoring on service delivery by high risk vendors who provide 
processing services to our customers. Few vendors/third parties are 
badly impacted by COVID-19 outbreak and action plans are in place 
to manage the resources and deliverables with minimal impact to the 
business operations.
•	 Tungsten Network has been operating under BAU and all services and 
operations running according to the expected SLA.
Risk level
High 
Technology 
Failure to invest in enhancements 
to the infrastructure and operating 
systems leading to loss of 
advantage over our competitors 
and failure to meet the expectation 
of our customers.
•	 Failure to meet our 
growth plans.
•	 Failure to achieve 
targets for revenue, 
profit and earnings.
•	 Products and 
services become 
unavailable.
•	 Damage to 
reputation.
•	 The governance frameworks are key to ensuring successful 
implementation of all aspects of the planned enhancements and 
changes.
•	 Detailed approval and planning process prior to project commencement.
•	 The Executive Committee and Board review and challenge the status/
progress of key change programmes and projects.
•	 Experts in infrastructure projects and change programmes have been 
hired to achieve successful implementation, where practicable.
•	 Post-implementation reviews are undertaken once a project is completed 
so that lessons can be learned.
Risk level
Medium 
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
39

Risk
Impact
Mitigation
Business Continuity 
Tungsten Network has a 
highly developed and complex 
operational and IT infrastructure, 
which is constantly developed 
and upgraded. A major incident as 
a result of an internal or external 
event could impact the ability of 
the Company to provide products 
and services to its customers.
•	 Products and 
services become 
unavailable.
•	 Customer claims  
for losses. 
•	 Loss of customers.
•	 Damage to 
reputation.
•	 Failure to meet our 
growth plans.
•	 The strategy is implemented by the Executive Committee and regularly 
reviewed and challenged by the Board.
•	 The strategy forms the basis of the annual business planning process.
•	 Performance targets are aligned to strategy.
•	 Strategy is regularly and effectively communicated to all staff.
•	 Documented up-to-date disaster recovery and business continuity plans 
which are regularly tested. Use of multiple hosting centres.
•	 IT recovery plans include website resilience and penetration tests.
•	 Ongoing, real-time technology defence mechanisms in place.
•	 Continuous monitoring of IT systems availability.
•	 Governance frameworks in place to ensure appropriate management of 
the risks and mitigants.
•	 New employees with the appropriate skills have been recruited and, 
where required, third party experts are used to review and validate both 
the planning and execution of programmes of work.
•	 Training and employee awareness programmes in place.
Risk level
Medium 
Cyber Security 
Tungsten Network has a highly 
developed and complex IT 
infrastructure. There is a risk 
of information security breach 
including cyber-attacks leading to 
loss of confidentiality, integrity or 
availability of data.
•	 Products and 
services become 
unavailable.
•	 Customer claims  
for losses. 
•	 Loss of customers.
•	 Damage to 
reputation.
•	 Failure to meet our 
growth plans.
•	 Mitigating cyber-attacks is of paramount importance to the Company 
to ensure customer confidence in the security and availability of our 
products and services.
•	 Well-defined IT security procedures in place.
•	 Documented up-to-date disaster recovery and business continuity plans, 
which are regularly tested. Use of multiple hosting centres.
•	 Comprehensive review of procedures and controls as part of the annual 
International Standards for Assurance Engagements (‘ISAE’) 3402 
Assurance Reports on Controls at a Service Organisation.
•	 Comprehensive review of procedures and controls as part of the annual 
independent ISO 27001 certification, the international standard describing 
best practice for an Information Security Management System.
•	 Training and employee awareness programmes in place.
Risk level
Medium 
Liquidity and Financing 
Inability to finance the Group 
businesses.
 
Risk level
Medium 
•	 Failure to continue 
in business or meet 
liabilities.
•	 Failure to meet our 
growth plans.
•	 The Directors regularly stress test the business model to ensure the 
Group has adequate working capital.
•	 The Group has secured a revolving credit facility with its bank.
•	 Robust procedures to monitor the effective management of cash and 
debt including cash reports and cash forecasting.
•	 A cash mitigation plan exists in the event that liquidity falls below 
expected levels.
Retention and Succession 
Planning 
Inability to attract, retain, develop 
and motivate the best people with 
the appropriate capabilities to 
create a high quality, diverse and 
flexible workforce.
Risk level
Medium 
•	 Failure to maintain 
satisfactory 
customer service 
levels.
•	 Loss of knowledge/
skills within the 
business.
•	 Over reliance on key 
personnel.
•	 Training and development, customer relationship, leadership, social 
responsibility and communications programmes in place to actively 
engage and retain employees.
•	 Competitive remuneration packages with oversight by the Remuneration 
Committee.
•	 Focus on creation of a culture and values to attract and motivate our 
people.
•	 Recruitment strategy and succession planning in place including active 
encouragement of promotion from within.
RISK MANAGEMENT continued
Principal risks and uncertainties continued
Ian Kelly
Chief Financial Officer 
29 July 2021

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
40

Recent legislation requires that 
directors include a separate 
statement in the Annual Report 
that explains how they have had 
regard to wider stakeholder needs 
when performing their duty under 
Section 172(1) of the Companies 
Act 2006. This duty requires that 
a director of a company must act 
in the way he or she considers, 
in good faith, would be most 
likely to promote the success of 
the company for the benefit of 
its members as a whole, and in 
doing so have regard (amongst 
other matters) to: 
a)	 the likely consequences of any 
decision in the long-term; 
b) 	the interests of the company’s 
employees; 
c)	 the need to foster the 
company’s business 
relationships with suppliers, 
customers and others; 
d)	 the impact of the company’s 
operations on the community 
and the environment; 
e)	 the desirability of the company 
maintaining a reputation for 
high standards of business 
conduct; and 
f)	 the need to act fairly as 
between members of the 
company. 
Guidance recommends that in 
connection with its statement, 
the Board describes in general 
terms how key stakeholders as 
well as issues relevant to key 
decisions are identified, and 
also the processes for engaging 
with key stakeholders and 
understanding those issues. It 
is the Board’s view that these 
requirements are predominantly 
addressed in the corporate 
governance disclosures we have 
made in the Directors’ report, 
which are themselves more 
extensively discussed on the 
Company’s website. 
Guidance also recommends 
that more detailed description 
is limited to matters that are of 
strategic importance in order 
to remain meaningful and 
informative for shareholders. 
The Board believes that three 
decisions in particular taken 
during the year fall into this 
category, and engaged with 
internal and external stakeholders 
on this.
1. 	COVID-19 response
As the global impact of COVID-19 
became clear and governments 
and the World Health Organization 
(‘WHO’) began issuing guidelines 
for individuals and companies, 
Tungsten quickly pivoted to full 
home working in order to protect 
the health, safety and wellbeing 
of employees, families and the 
local communities where we are 
physically present. Early post-
lockdown communication was 
focused on education based 
on local government and WHO 
guidance. As it became clear 
that lockdown was going to be a 
long-term reality, communication 
shifted to a focus on effective 
ways of working from home and 
wellbeing (both physical and 
mental).
During the pandemic, Tungsten 
also worked closely with 
customers to expedite their 
transition (where necessary) 
from paper to electronic invoicing 
to enable them to maintain 
an effective purchase to pay 
workflow despite not having 
access to offices and physical 
invoices.
2. 	Development and 
implementation of the 
Group strategy 
Building upon the foundations 
laid in the Operating Review 
that was announced on 30 
April 2019 and expanded upon 
through FY20, during FY21, the 
Board continued to develop the 
key areas of strategic focus for 
the Company. A programme 
of strategy workshop sessions 
took place over the course of 
FY21, which included sessions 
with the full Board, at which the 
various aspects of the Company’s 
business and strategy were 
reviewed and developed further. 
Over the course of this process, 
a detailed implementation plan 
was created, with key focus 
areas including (i) strengthening 
product and technology, (ii) 
driving operating efficiencies 
and (iii) creating customer 
revenue and momentum. The 
detailed implementation plan 
was approved by the Board in 
April 2021 and delivery is being 
monitored by the Board through 
a process of monthly KPI reports 
and update sessions.
As part of this process, the 
strategy workshop team engaged 
extensively with both internal 
and external stakeholders, 
including working extensively 
with Company management 
and employees at other levels 
within the organisation, and 
with significant shareholders, 
customers and partners and the 
Company’s broker and advisers.
3. 	Working capital 
management 
The Group and the Board 
continue to monitor and improve 
its working capital position, 
through regular reviews of cash 
flow and cash flow re-forecasting. 
We continue to optimise our cash 
position by ensuring that we 
optimise our payment terms with 
both customers and suppliers 
for both new contracts and 
contract renewals. We continue 
to focus on our cash collections 
and overdues to anticipate any 
payment issues in advance, 
ensuring proactive views of 
collections. 
None of the key decisions 
considered by the Board in FY21 
had an environmental impact 
and the Directors are satisfied 
that decisions made by the Board 
promote the long-term interest 
of Tungsten for the benefit of its 
members as a whole.
The Strategic Report 
was approved by the 
Board on 29 July 
2021 and signed on 
its behalf by:
Ian Kelly
Chief Financial 
Officer
STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 172 OF THE COMPANIES ACT 2006
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Strategic Report	
  
	
41

Corporate 
Governance
In this section
Chairman’s governance overview 	
44
Board of Directors	
46
Composition and independence  
of the Board	
48
Audit Committee report 	
52
Nomination Committee report 	
59
Remuneration Committee report 	
60
Report of Directors’ remuneration 	
61
Directors’ report 	
67
Statement of Directors’  
responsibilities 	
71
42

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

	
43
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

“As Chairman, my role 
includes upholding 
the highest levels of 
integrity, probity and 
corporate governance 
throughout the 
Company and 
particularly at Board 
level.”
CHAIRMAN'S GOVERNANCE OVERVIEW
Deliver growth
The Board has collective responsibility for setting the 
strategic aims and objectives of the Group. 
These growth aims are articulated in the Operational 
Review set out at pages 10-14 and on our website along 
with our business model. In the course of implementing 
these strategic aims, the Board takes into account the 
expectations of the Company’s shareholder base and 
also its wider stakeholder, environmental and social 
responsibilities.
The Board also has responsibility for the Group’s internal 
control and risk management systems and structures.  
Our risk management process is embedded into the 
business and starts at the Board and is delivered 
throughout the Group.
Maintain a dynamic management framework
As Chairman, I continually consider the operation of the 
Board as a whole and the performance of the Directors 
individually, and work closely with my colleagues on the 
Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee 
to ensure that the Board remains a well-functioning and 
balanced team. 
During the last year, we have appointed one new Non-
Executive Director. Together with the new appointments 
made in the previous year, this maintained the focus, 
momentum, diversity and relevant technology industry 
experience of the Board and provides a strong platform 
moving forwards. 
It is fundamental to me as Chairman to see that the Board 
and its Committees adhere to best practices pursuant to 
the QCA Code. We challenge ourselves to ensure continuous 
improvement of our performance in this respect and to 
promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values 
and behaviours. 
Responsibility for the overall leadership of the Group and 
setting the Group’s values and standards sits with the 
Board. 
Build trust
During the year the Company has undertaken a number of 
investor relations activities. These include several investor 
roadshows and many investor meetings, participation at 
investor conferences and attending other events where 
investors have the opportunity to meet and talk to the 
CEO, CFO and other members of the Board. Investors are 
actively encouraged to attend our AGM and each member 
of our Board sees this as an important event in the annual 
calendar to meet and talk to shareholders.
During the year the Board has continued to review 
governance and the Group’s corporate governance 
framework. We reviewed our governance against the QCA 
Code in June 2021 and will do so annually, as required by 
AIM Rule 26.
Dear shareholder,
The principles of corporate 
governance
As Chairman, my role includes 
upholding the highest levels of 
integrity, probity and corporate 
governance throughout the 
Company and particularly at 
Board level. It therefore gives me 
great pleasure to introduce our 
Governance statement.
As a Board we recognise the 
importance of high standards 
of corporate governance and 
their importance and support to 
our strategic goals and long-
term success. The Company is 
listed on AIM and is subject to 
the continuing obligations of 
the AIM Rules. From September 
2018, the Company has been 
required to apply a recognised 
corporate governance code. We 
have therefore formally adopted 
the Quoted Companies Alliance 
Corporate Governance Code (the 
‘QCA Code’). We believe we apply 
the ten principles of the QCA 
Code, and we continue to build on 
and evolve these each year.
The QCA’s ten principles  
of corporate governance 
Companies need to deliver growth 
in long-term shareholder value. This 
requires an efficient, effective and 
dynamic management framework 
and should be accompanied by 
good communication which helps 
to promote confidence and trust. 
The Board is highly committed to 
meeting these standards.
Tony Bromovsky
Chairman 
29 July 2021
44

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

1
Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value for shareholders.
2
Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations.
3
Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their implications for 
long-term success.
4
Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and threats, 
throughout the organisation.
5
Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the Chair.
6
Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up-to-date experience, skills 
and capabilities.
7
Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking continuous 
improvement.
8
Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours.
9
Maintain governance structures and processes.
10
Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing by maintaining a dialogue 
with shareholders and other relevant stakeholders.
	
45
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

Tony Bromovsky
Non-Executive Chairman
In a career spanning over 
40 years, Tony has acted 
as an executive and non-
executive director for a 
variety of companies across 
sectors including investment, 
healthcare, media, and 
technology. He was previously 
a non-executive director of 
Vertical Intelligence Limited, 
Local World Holdings Limited, 
Chronos Therapeutics Limited, 
Oxford Biodynamics Limited 
and Circle Holdings (OS) Limited. 
He is also an executive director 
of Kilda Investments Limited, 
which he established in 1991 as 
a vehicle to invest in a number of 
ventures across Eastern Europe 
covering industries such as 
food production, micro-finance 
lending, pharmaceuticals, 
wineries, and steelmaking. Tony 
spent the early part of his career 
as a commodities trader at Louis 
Dreyfus followed by Woodhouse 
Drake and Carey and Drexel 
Burnham Lambert.
Tony is the Chairman of the 
Nomination Committee and is 
a member of the Remuneration 
Committee.
Membership
N
R
Andrew Coulsen 
Non-Executive Director
Andrew is Chief Executive 
Officer of Spandex, the one-stop 
supplier of innovative solutions 
to the sign, graphics and display 
industries.  
Prior to joining Spandex in May 
2021, Andrew served for 12 years 
as Chief Executive Officer at NTT 
Europe (previously known as 
Dimension Data Europe), where 
he managed the end-to-end 
go-to-market, sales, delivery, 
operations, and profitability for 
the region. 
His career to date has been 
focused in the technology 
distribution sector, with 
experience across go-to-
market, finance and operations. 
He has worked in Australia, 
USA, Germany, the UK and 
Switzerland for organisations 
including Dimension Data 
(subsequently acquired by NTT), 
Comtech and Optus. 
He holds a degree in 
Accountancy with Marketing 
from the University of Sydney.
Andrew is a member of the 
Nomination Committee and of 
the Remuneration Committee.
Membership
N
R
Andrew Doman
Non-Executive Director
Andrew Doman is an 
experienced non-executive 
director. He is Chairman of 
Lending Works Capital, and a 
non-executive director at Castle 
Trust and West Green Opera 
House. He is also a member 
of the Tech Mahindra Europe 
Advisory Council, providing 
advice to their financial sector IT 
development and outsourcing 
business. He was previously 
a non-executive director 
at Roboyo (2020 to 2021), 
Target Group (2017 to 2020), 
OneSavings Bank (2016-2018), 
Chief Executive Officer of 
Premium Credit (2012-2015), 
and he was Chairman of Russell 
Investments (2011-2012) having 
been President and CEO from 
2009. He was also a non-
executive director of Wesleyan 
Assurance Society (2008-2009).
Andrew spent 22 years at 
McKinsey & Co, where his clients 
included a number of leading UK 
and European financial services 
companies. He focused on 
performance improvement and 
turnaround strategy. He has 
degrees in Medicine & Surgery 
and Economics, and also holds 
an MBA.
Andrew is a member of the Audit 
Committee, the Remuneration 
Committee and the Nomination 
Committee.
Membership
A
N
R
Membership key
A  	Audit  
Committee
N  	Nomination  
Committee
R  	Remuneration  
Committee
	 Committee  
chair 
	 Committee  
member
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Our leadership team
46

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Vivienne Maclachlan
Non-Executive Director
Vivienne is the Chief Financial 
Officer for ThomasLloyd, a 
global asset management 
group focused on investment in 
renewable energy infrastructure 
assets in south east Asia and 
headquartered in Zurich. She 
oversees all of the core finance 
function responsibilities, as well 
as being a key member of the 
Executive Leadership Team. 
Prior to this, Vivienne was the 
CFO of Alfa Financial Software, 
a technology company based 
in London, and was a capital 
markets specialist for more 
than 12 years at PwC in London, 
assisting management teams 
and owners of companies to 
raise capital in the UK and US 
markets. 
Vivienne is a member of 
the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in Scotland. 
Vivienne is the Chair of the Audit 
Committee and is a member of 
the Nomination Committee and 
the Remuneration Committee. 
Vivienne will be stepping down 
from the Board on 16 August 
2021, following publication of the 
FY21 annual results, to focus on 
other commitments.
Membership
A
N
R
Nick Wells
Non-Executive Director
Nick has over 30 years’ 
experience of investment 
banking and is Co-head of 
Corporate Finance at Cenkos 
Securities which he joined in 
2005. Prior to joining Cenkos 
Securities, he was, for five 
years, Global Head of M&A at 
WestLB. Nick is also a Chartered 
Accountant and qualified in 1979.
Nick is the Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee 
and is a member of the Audit 
Committee and the Nomination 
Committee.
Membership
A
N
R
Committee report 
Audit Committee 
report 
turn to pages 
52 to 58
Nomination  
Committee 
on page 
59
Remuneration 
Committee 
on page 
60
“As a Board we recognise the importance 
of high standards of corporate 
governance and their importance  
and support to our strategic goals  
and long-term success.”
	
47
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

COMPOSITION AND INDEPENDENCE OF THE BOARD
The composition of the Board has been 
structured to ensure that no one individual 
can dominate its decision-making 
processes. The Board currently consists  
of five Directors: the Chairman (acting  
in a Non-Executive capacity) and four 
Non-Executive Directors. There are 
currently no Executive Directors on the 
Board, although it is planned that our new 
CEO and CFO will join the Board in due 
course. All of the Non-Executive Directors 
are considered by the Board, and regularly 
demonstrate, that they are independent. 
Details of each Director’s experience and 
background are given in their biographies 
on pages 46 and 47. The skill-set and 
experience of Board members is relevant 
for the current position of the Company 
and covers areas including finance, 
technology, capital raising, financial 
services, banking, marketing, network 
platforms and general management. 
Appointments to the Board  
and re-election
The Board has delegated the tasks of 
reviewing Board composition, searching 
for appropriate candidates and making 
recommendations to the Board on 
candidates to be appointed as Directors to 
the Nomination Committee. Further details 
on the role of the Nomination Committee 
may be found on page 59.
With regard to re-election of Directors, 
the Company is governed by its Articles of 
Association (‘Articles’). Under the Articles, 
the Board has the power to appoint a 
Director during the year but any person 
so appointed must stand for election at 
the next Annual General Meeting. Andrew 
Coulsen will therefore stand for election  
at the next AGM. 
At each Annual General Meeting, one-third 
(or the number nearest to one-third) of  
the Directors must retire from office and,  
if willing, may offer themselves for  
re-election. Tony Bromovsky will retire  
and stand for re-election at the next AGM. 
The Board considers that the Director 
offering himself for re-election will 
continue to make a valuable contribution 
to the Board.
Division of responsibilities 
Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer
The division of responsibilities between 
the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
has been agreed and approved by  
the Board.
A summary of the main responsibilities  
of each role is given below:
Role of the Chairman
•	 Upholding the highest levels of integrity, 
probity and corporate governance 
throughout the Company, particularly  
at Board level.
•	 Chairing the Board meetings,  
setting the Board agenda and ensuring 
the Directors receive accurate, timely, 
and clear information to enable the 
Board to make sound decisions, monitor 
effectively and promote the success of 
the Company.
•	 Facilitating the effective contribution 
of and active engagement of all the 
Directors and ensuring constructive 
relationships between the  
Non-Executive Directors and the 
Executive Directors.
•	 Considering succession planning and 
ensuring the composition of the Board 
meets the needs of the business.
•	 Ensuring the appropriate balance is 
maintained between the interests of 
shareholders and other stakeholders.
•	 Ensuring the developmental needs of 
the Directors are identified and that 
these needs are met to enable Directors 
to update their skills and knowledge 
of the Group in order to carry out their 
duties as Directors.
•	 Ensuring the performance of the 
Board, Audit Committee and individual 
Directors are evaluated once a year and 
acting on the results of the evaluation.
•	 Ensuring effective communication with 
shareholders and other stakeholders 
and ensuring the Board is aware of the 
views of the shareholders.
•	 Chairing the AGM and other general 
meetings of the Company.
Role of the Chief Executive Officer
•	 Running of the business of the Group 
within the authorities delegated to him 
by the Board.
•	 Ensuring implementation across the 
Group of the policies and strategy 
agreed by the Board.
•	 Leading the development of the  
Group’s future strategy, including 
identifying and assessing opportunities 
for the growth of its business, and 
putting in place the long-term capital  
to support such development.
•	 Reviewing the performance of the 
businesses, managing and holding 
to account the Executive and senior 
management teams.
•	 Ensuring the Chairman is kept appraised 
in a timely manner of the issues facing 
the Group and of any events and 
developments.
•	 Ensuring the market and regulators are 
kept appraised in a timely manner of any 
material events and developments.
•	 Ensuring that all major transactions 
are conducted with the commercial 
interests of the Group at the forefront 
of negotiations, commensurate with the 
need to always treat customers fairly.
Senior Independent Director
The Board has not had a Senior 
Independent Director (‘SID’) since the 
departure of Duncan Goldie-Morrison on 
28 February 2020. The appointment of a 
SID is not an essential requirement of the 
QCA Code, but the Board is keeping any 
future appointment under review. 
48

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Non-Executive Directors
Each of the Non-Executive Directors 
has entered into a letter of appointment 
with the Company. The appointment of 
each of the Non-Executive Directors is 
stated to be for a fixed term, expiring 
after 12 months of the date of renewal or 
appointment. The Non-Executive Directors’ 
letters of appointment set out the duties 
of the Director and commitment expected. 
They are expected to commit a reasonable 
and appropriate amount of time each year 
in order to fulfil their commitments to their 
role. Key elements of the Non-Executive 
Director’s role are to constructively 
challenge and help provide the Board 
with effective leadership in relation to the 
Company’s strategy, performance, risk 
and people management, and ensuring 
high standards of financial probity and 
corporate governance.
Development, information  
and support
The Directors are encouraged to attend 
training and continuing professional 
development courses as required. Updates 
are given to the Board on developments in 
governance and regulations at each Board 
meeting. The Company Secretary supports 
the Chairman in ensuring that the Board 
receives the information and support it 
needs to carry out its roles. When Directors 
join the Board they receive an induction 
covering topics such as the operation 
of the Board, Directors’ responsibilities, 
insider dealing, AIM Rules and governance 
documents. Each Director also receives 
an induction pack including all of the key 
company documents.
Conflicts of interest
Under the Articles, the Directors may 
authorise any actual or potential conflict 
of interest a Director may have and may 
impose any conditions on the Director that 
are felt to be appropriate. Directors are 
not able to vote in respect of any contract, 
arrangement or transaction in which they 
have a material interest and they are not 
counted in the quorum.
A process has been developed to identify 
any of the Directors’ potential or actual 
conflicts of interest. This includes declaring 
any new conflicts before the start of each 
Board meeting.
Performance evaluation
The Chairman considers the operation 
of the Board and performance of the 
Directors on an ongoing basis as part 
of his duties and will bring any areas of 
improvement he considers are needed to 
the attention of the Board. The Board also 
has in place a programme of assessments 
for individual Board members, with the 
Chairman responsible for Board members’ 
evaluations, and the Board responsible for 
evaluation of the Chairman.
In terms of governance, this year there 
has been particular focus on further 
improving the quality of Board papers and 
the effectiveness of Board meetings, and 
the Board is looking for further ways of 
continuing this improvement in FY22.  
The Board will conduct a further internal 
review of its progress in the course of FY22. 
How the Board operates
The Board meets at regular intervals  
and the full Board met a total of 16  
times during the year under review. 
Directors also have contact on a variety  
of issues between formal meetings.  
There is also regular contact with the 
senior management.
The Board has regular formal Board 
meetings, with a standing agenda 
focusing on key business and governance 
issues. During the year Board meetings 
have included presentations from senior 
management responsible for the various 
parts of the Tungsten business, giving the 
Board greater visibility and understanding 
over the Company’s business and the 
steps being taken to execute its strategy. 
An agenda and accompanying detailed 
papers, including reports from the 
Executive Directors and other members 
of senior management, are circulated 
to the Board in advance of each Board 
meeting. All Directors have direct access 
to senior management should they require 
additional information on any of the items 
to be discussed. A calendar of matters to 
be discussed at each meeting is prepared 
to ensure that all key issues are captured.
Board meetings
 	
Board	
Audit	
Remuneration	
Nomination
	
(Full Board)	
Committee	
Committee	
Committee
Tony Bromovsky	
16/16	
–	
2/2	
2/2
Andrew Lemonofides1	
16/16	
–	
–	
–
Chris Allen2	
2/2	
–	
–	
–
Andrew Coulsen3	
9/9	
– 	
–	
1/1
Andrew Doman	
16/16	
4/5	
2/2	
2/2
Vivienne Maclachlan4	
16/16	
5/5	
2/2	
2/2
Nick Wells	
16/16	
5/5	
2/2	
2/2
 
1	 Resigned 8 June 2021.
2	 Resigned 10 September 2020.
3	 Appointed 19 October 2020.
4	 On 14 June 2021, the Company announced that Vivienne Maclachlan will be stepping down from the 
Board on 16 August 2021, following publication of the FY21 annual results.
	
49
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

COMPOSITION AND INDEPENDENCE OF THE BOARD continued
All Directors are expected to attend 
all meetings of the Board and any 
Committees of which they are members, 
and to devote sufficient time to the 
Company’s affairs to fulfil their duties as 
Directors. Where Directors are unable to 
attend a meeting, they are encouraged to 
submit any comments in advance to the 
Chairman to ensure that their views are 
recorded and taken into account during 
the meeting.
Directors are encouraged to question  
and voice any concerns they may have  
on any topic put to the Board for debate. 
The Board is supported in its work by 
Board Committees, which are responsible 
for a variety of tasks delegated by 
the Board. There is also an Executive 
Committee composed of the CEO, CFO and 
representatives from senior management, 
whose responsibilities are to implement 
the decisions of the Board and review  
the key business objectives and status  
of projects.
Attendance at Board and Committee 
meetings by the Directors is shown on 
page 49. In relation to the 16 full Board 
meetings mentioned above, five were 
regularly scheduled Board meetings, in 
line with the Board calendar agreed at 
the beginning of the year, and 11 were 
ad hoc meetings called to review and 
agree matters required to be dealt with in 
between the regularly scheduled Board 
meetings. There were also nine board  
sub-committee meetings to approve the 
FY20 year-end accounts, awards made 
under the Company’s Deferred Share 
Bonus Plan and Long-term Incentive Plan 
and other matters.
The main activities of the Board 
during the year
There are a number of standing and 
routine items included for review on 
each Board agenda. These include the 
CEO’s report, operations reports, financial 
reports, consideration of reports from  
the Board Committees, governance,  
risk and compliance, and investor  
relations updates. 
In addition, key areas put to the Board for 
consideration and review included:
•	 Implementation and ongoing review of 
the new strategy and other initiatives 
arising out of the Operating Review
•	 Review of implications of COVID-19  
on the Company and Group
•	 Strategy presentations
•	 Presentations from various parts  
of the business
•	 Approval of Annual Report and  
Financial Statements
•	 Review of Budgets and Business Plans
•	 Implementation of new remuneration 
plan
•	 Going concern and cash flow
•	 Systems and internal controls
•	 Risk
•	 Briefings and review of conflicts  
of interest
•	 Review of AGM business
The Board Committees
There are three Board Committees: the 
Audit Committee, the Remuneration 
Committee and the Nomination 
Committee. The Nomination Committee 
and the Remuneration Committee are 
each composed of the Chairman and the 
four Non-Executive Directors. The Audit 
Committee is composed of three  
Non-Executive Directors.
Each Board Committee has approved 
Terms of Reference setting out their 
responsibilities, which are available on 
the Company’s website (www.tungsten-
network.com). Details of the operation of 
the Board Committees are set out in their 
respective reports below. All of the Board 
Committees are authorised to obtain, at 
the Company’s expense, professional 
advice on any matter within their Terms of 
Reference, and to have access to sufficient 
resources in order to carry out their duties.
External advisers
The Board seeks advice on various  
matters from its Broker and Nomad, 
Canaccord Genuity, its lawyers, 
Memery Crystal LLP and Shepherd and 
Wedderburn LLP and communications 
and investor relations advisers Tavistock 
Communications Limited. 
Accountability
The Company has in place a system of 
internal financial controls commensurate 
with its current size and activities, which 
is designed to ensure that the possibility 
of misstatement or loss is kept to a 
minimum. These procedures include the 
preparation of management accounts, 
forecast variance analysis and other 
ad-hoc reports. There are clearly defined 
authority limits throughout the Group, 
including those matters that are reserved 
specifically for the Board. 
Risks throughout the Group are considered 
and reviewed on a regular basis. Risks 
are identified and mitigating actions put 
into place as appropriate. Principal risks 
identified are set out in the Strategic report 
on pages 38 to 40, and internal control 
and risk management procedures can 
only provide reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement. 
The internal control procedures were in 
place throughout the financial year and up 
to the date of approval of this report.
Financial and business reporting
The Board seeks to present a fair, balanced 
and understandable assessment of the 
Group’s position and prospects in all half-
year, final and any other ad-hoc reports 
and other information as may be required 
from time to time. The Board receives 
a number of reports, including those 
from the Audit Committee, to enable it 
to monitor and clearly understand the 
Group’s financial position.
A Disclosure Policy is in place to 
ensure that price-sensitive information 
is identified effectively and all 
communications with the market are 
released in accordance with expected 
time scales. The Board considers that this 
Annual Report and Financial Statements, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s performance, 
business model and strategy.
50

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Promotion of a corporate culture 
that is based on sound ethical 
values and behaviours
The Board recognises that a corporate 
culture based on sound ethical values 
and behaviours is an asset. The Company 
endeavours to conduct its business 
with integrity, in an ethical, professional 
and responsible manner, treating our 
employees, customers, suppliers and 
partners with courtesy and respect,  
the principles which are enshrined  
in the Company policies including its  
Code of Conduct and Business Ethics  
and Conduct Policy that apply to all 
employees in the Group.
The Group’s anti-corruption procedures 
state that the Company and its subsidiaries 
intend to conduct business in an honest 
and ethical manner. A zero-tolerance 
approach is taken to bribery and corruption 
and the Company is committed to acting 
professionally, fairly and with integrity in 
all its business dealings and relationships 
wherever it operates, and to implementing 
and enforcing effective systems to counter 
bribery and corruption. The Company has 
a whistleblowing procedure under which 
staff may report any suspicion of fraud, 
financial irregularity or other malpractice  
to any Executive Director. 
The Directors follow Rule 21 of the AIM 
Rules relating to dealings by Directors 
in the Company’s securities, which is 
embodied in the Company’s share  
dealing code.
The Board intends to further develop 
its assessment of the recognition of 
corporate culture and ethical values during 
the year, and will enhance disclosures 
in these areas on our website and in our 
FY22 Annual Report.
Modern slavery
We are committed to acting ethically  
and with integrity in all our business 
dealings and relationships, and to 
implementing and enforcing effective 
systems and controls to ensure modern 
slavery is not taking place anywhere in 
our own business or in any of our supply 
chains, consistent with our obligations 
under the Modern Slavery Act 2015. We 
expect the same high standards from 
all of our contractors, suppliers and 
other business partners. As part of our 
contracting processes, we expect our 
suppliers to comply with the Modern 
Slavery Act 2015. Our Modern Slavery Act 
statement is published on our website.
Shareholders
The Board remains committed 
to maintaining regular and clear 
communication with its shareholders 
and receives regular reports on investor 
relations matters. The Directors remain 
committed to building a mutual 
understanding of objectives with its 
institutional shareholders and a regular 
dialogue has been maintained throughout 
the year. The Directors also encourage 
communications with private shareholders 
and encourage their participation in the 
Company’s Annual General Meeting and 
will be looking to increase engagement 
with this audience in the coming 
year. The Company uses its corporate 
website (www.tungsten-network.
com) to communicate with institutional 
shareholders and private investors, where 
its latest announcements, press releases, 
published financial information, current 
projects and other information about the 
Company can be found. 
The Annual Report and Financial 
Statements is a key communication 
document and is also available on the 
Company’s website. This year’s Annual 
General Meeting of the Company will be 
held on 15 October 2021. The Notice of 
Annual General Meeting will be available 
on the Company’s website at https://
www.tungsten-network.com/about-
us/investor-relations/. The Notice of 
Annual General Meeting will be sent 
out at least 21 days before the meeting. 
Separate resolutions are provided on each 
issue so that they can be given proper 
consideration.
	
51
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
I am pleased to present the Audit Committee report for the year ended 30 April 2021, which summarises our activities during the year, 
as well as setting out intended key areas of focus for FY22.
While the Committee’s core duties were unchanged, this was a year of unprecedented uncertainty and there was particular focus on 
monitoring and strengthening internal controls to support agile decision making. The Committee has been focused on working with 
the Executive team in relation to balance sheet strengthening activity and business continuity plans. 
The Committee has also spent time continuing to assess Company’s risk management framework and management information 
systems especially in light of remote working and global government mandated lockdowns. 
The Committee fulfils a vital role in the Group’s governance framework, providing valuable independent challenge and oversight across 
the Company’s financial reporting and internal control procedures. Ultimately, it ensures that shareholder interests are protected, the 
Company’s transformation agenda is supported and long-term value is created. 
Membership of the Committee and meetings attended
The Audit Committee solely comprises members who are independent Non-Executive Directors. Members’ skills and experience are 
documented on pages 46 and 47, with the Board concluding that they are satisfied that the Audit Committee has the required relevant 
and recent financial experience, with appropriate experience of the technology sector.
Members during the year are as follows: 
 	
	
	
Meetings	
Membership
Vivienne Maclachlan (Chair)	
	
	
5/5	
February 2019 – current
Andrew Doman	
	
	
4/5	
December 2018 – current
Nick Wells	
	
	
5/5	
April 2020 – current
 
By invitation, the meetings of the Audit Committee may be attended by the Chairman, CEO, CFO and other members of the Executive 
Committee. BDO LLP, the external auditor, is also present at all of the Audit Committee meetings to ensure full communication of 
matters as they relate to external audit.
The Audit Committee meets without management present before each full meeting. It also meets with the external auditor, without 
management present, for an open discussion about the audit process and relationship with management. It is important for the Audit 
Committee Chair to fully understand any topics of particular concern in order to facilitate meaningful dialogue during Committee 
meetings. To support this, Viv Maclachlan has met regularly, on a one-to-one basis, with the CFO and also meets with the other 
members of senior management and the lead audit partner. The Company Secretary also attends all Audit Committee meetings at the 
invitation of the Chair.
Role of the Audit Committee
The Board has delegated to the Audit Committee responsibility for overseeing financial reporting, the review and assessment of the 
effectiveness of the internal control and risk management systems and maintaining an appropriate relationship with the external 
auditor. In order to fulfil these responsibilities, the Audit Committee’s duties include the following:
•	 Giving due consideration to applicable laws and regulations;
•	 Monitoring the integrity of the consolidated financial statements;
•	 Reviewing and challenging the application of accounting policies, including estimates and judgements made by management, and 
the clarity and completeness of disclosures;
•	 Overseeing the relationship with the external auditor, including a review of their independence; and
•	 Monitoring the effectiveness of the Company’s internal financial controls and risk management systems.
Details of the roles and responsibilities can be found in the Audit Committee’s terms of reference on our website, which were updated 
in July 2020.
52

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Principal activities of the Audit Committee in FY21
Meeting
Area of focus
11 June 2020
•	 Review of timeline and Audit Plan for FY20 results.
16 July 2020
•	 Review of principal risks and uncertainties.
•	 Review of internal controls and risk management processes.
•	 Review of FY20 Trading Update of unaudited results.
•	 Review of key accounting judgements and estimates.
•	 Review of going concern and goodwill impairment.
•	 Review of prior year adjustments.
•	 Review of exceptional items.
•	 Review of revenue recognition.
•	 Review of Auditor report on audit procedures and process.
•	 Review and approval of Delegation of Authority Policy and Whistleblowing Policy.
•	 Review of Audit Committee Terms of Reference.
28 August 2020
•	 Review of FY20 Annual Report and Accounts – review focused on whether the report was fair, 
balanced and understandable.
•	 Review of key accounting judgements and estimates.
•	 Review of going concern and goodwill impairment.
•	 Review of prior year adjustments.
•	 Review of exceptional items.
•	 Review of revenue recognition.
•	 Review of Auditor’s Audit Report.
12 December 2020
•	 Review of FY21 Interim Statement.
•	 Review of key accounting judgements and estimates.
•	 Review of going concern and goodwill impairment.
•	 Review of Lease Accounting under IFRS 16.
28 April 2021
•	 Review of timeline and Audit Plan for FY21 results.
•	 Review of key risks and uncertainties.
•	 Review and discussion of key accounting judgements and estimates.
2 June 2021
•	 Review of FY21 Trading Statement.
5 July 2021
•	 Progress update in relation to FY21 audit process.
Key matters considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements
Prior to the year-end Audit Committee meeting, management prepared a paper providing details of significant areas of accounting 
judgements or estimates, tax-related matters, disclosure areas and other matters where relevant. The critical accounting estimates, 
judgements and disclosure areas are disclosed below. The external auditor reported to the Audit Committee any misstatements that 
they found in the course of their work, and no further material adjustments were required. 
After reviewing the presentations and reports from management and consulting, where necessary, the external auditor, the Audit 
Committee was satisfied that the consolidated financial statements appropriately addressed the critical judgements and key estimates 
in respect of both the amounts reported and disclosures.
	
53
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT continued
Revenue recognition
Management’s assessment
Following IFRS 15, management has reviewed the critical estimates and judgements to gain comfort on the revenue recognition 
policies. Management are comfortable that revenue is recognised in accordance with IFRS 15 for set up, analytics, transactions, 
archiving, professional services, integrated suppliers, Web Form suppliers workflow and the Orbian supply chain financing partnership.
No changes in the methods used to estimate any revenue stream have been made during the year. 
Audit Committee’s response
Through continuous review of revenue and management accounts throughout the year, the Committee is satisfied that management’s 
continuing assessment is in compliance with IFRS 15 and that the disclosure in the consolidated financial statements is appropriate.
Capitalised internal development costs
Management’s assessment 
The Group continues to invest significant effort in the development of the Tungsten Network platform and this requires management 
to assess the carrying value of the capitalised internal development costs. Projects under development are capitalised if management 
intend to complete the project, it is technically feasible to do so and the carrying value of the software is supported by expected future 
benefits. Projects under development are not amortised and so are subject to impairment testing. Completed projects are amortised 
over their estimated useful life and are tested for impairment if there are any indicators of impairment.
Management reviewed the carrying value of internally developed software by project and for projects under development, considered 
if the future benefits supported the carrying value (considering the project’s estimated net present value). For completed projects 
with a carrying value over £0.1 million, management considered whether the projects are still expected to generate benefits over the 
remaining useful life and whether there are any indicators of impairment.
For software under development, management intends to complete the projects, where it is technically feasible to do so and the 
capitalised cost is supported by expected future benefits. For completed projects, software is still expected to generate benefits over 
its remaining useful life and there are no indicators of impairment. The carrying value of internally developed software is therefore 
supported and no impairment is required.
Audit Committee’s response
The Committee reviewed and discussed with management and the external auditor as to: 
1.	whether development costs met the capitalisation criteria under IAS 38, 
2.	where development costs had been capitalised in relation to ongoing projects, that these were in relation to commercially viable 
projects and therefore remained on balance sheet and 
3.	whether satisfied that all other expenditure, with the exception of those projects capitalised, should be expensed.
The Committee has reviewed and is satisfied with judgements applied by management in determining the value of the costs relating  
to projects that have been capitalised during FY21. These judgements have also been discussed with the external auditor.
54

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Alternative performance measures (‘APMs’) and presentations not specifically defined by IFRS
Management’s assessment 
The Group uses Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA, adjusted for certain items including exceptional items, which are 
not specifically defined by IFRS, to show the impact of underlying business performance on the income statement. Adjusting for 
exceptional items is a matter of judgement because there is no definition under IFRS. The Group defines exceptional items as those 
which are both material and considered by the Directors to be unusual in nature, where the nature of the item, or its magnitude, is 
material and likely to be non-recurring.
Audit Committee’s response
The Audit Committee considered the presentations made in light of the guidance provided by the European Securities and Markets 
Authority and is satisfied that the measures presented continue to be appropriately adjusted and disclosed as non-GAAP measures. 
The Audit Committee is satisfied that the non-GAAP measures were not given undue prominence and that the reconciliations provided 
were presented in a clear manner.
Impairment of goodwill
Management’s assessment 
Combined goodwill of £101.8 million was recorded on the acquisitions of OB10 in 2013 and DocuSphere in 2014. The goodwill balance is 
reviewed annually for impairment based on an estimated value in use of the Cash Generating Unit (‘CGU’). 
The key assumptions were WACC, revenue growth, cost inflation and taxation rate. The base case was then sensitised for each of these 
assumptions. The combination of this analysis, combined with other qualitative factors (in particular COVID-19 having had a negative 
impact on trading performance as referenced in our trading update of 27 November 2020), has led management to record a further 
impairment charge of £26.2 million against the carrying value of goodwill associated with the OB10 acquisition in H1 FY21 with no 
further impairment needed in H2 FY21.
Audit Committee’s response
The Committee discussed and considered the key assumptions and inputs into the goodwill model, in particular the appropriateness of 
the discount rate used. After discussion with both management and the external auditor, the Committee is satisfied that the discount 
rate is in the acceptable range and that the additional disclosures included in the financial statements would add transparency to the 
assumptions and judgements made.
Impairment of right of use assets
Management’s assessment 
Right of use assets with a pre impairment carrying value of £4.7 million were reviewed for impairment based on vacant leasehold 
properties and floors within these properties and where floors are likely to become vacant. Considering the current market conditions 
and particularly the effect of the COVID pandemic, it was felt necessary to impair these assets to their recoverable value, which is 
represented by their sub-let value of £0.8 million to the end of the lease. This sub-let value assumes that there will be an initial void 
period followed by a mix of short-term lettings and void periods, and that the rent receivable will be below our rental cost. This has led 
to the impairment of right of use assets of £1.1 million and impairment of leasehold improvements of £0.5 million.
Audit Committee’s response
The Committee discussed and considered the key assumptions and inputs into the impairment model, in particular the appropriateness 
of the void and letting assumptions. After discussion with both management and the external auditor, the Committee is satisfied that 
the void and letting assumptions are in the acceptable range and that the additional disclosures included in the financial statements 
would add transparency to the assumptions and judgements made.
	
55
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT continued
Going concern
Management’s assessment 
The Directors must satisfy themselves that the going concern assumption is appropriate.
The Group closely monitors its funding position throughout the year, including monitoring compliance with covenants and available 
facilities to ensure it has sufficient headroom to fund operations. 
On 14 August 2020, the Group renewed its existing revolving credit facility agreement of up to £4.0 million, which expires in  
December 2023. 
The Group was in compliance with all covenants for the year ended 30 April 2021. 
In arriving at their opinion on going concern, the Directors have considered the Group’s forecasts for the period to 31 October 2022, and 
specifically the ability to meet the covenant tests (see Note 21). These forecasts reflect the assumption of future sales growth. These 
forecasts indicate that the Group will be able to operate within the covenants throughout this period and have no issues with liquidity.  
The Directors have considered the following principal risks and uncertainties that could potentially impact the Group’s ability to fund its 
future activities and adhere to its future banking covenants, including: 
•	 A decline in market conditions resulting in lower than forecast sales; 
•	 An ability to grow at the required rate; 
•	 A possibility of a material contract not being renewed; and 
•	 The terms of the Group’s revised lending arrangements and whether these could limit investment in growth opportunities. 
The forecasts on which the going concern assessment is based have been subject to sensitivity analysis and stress testing to 
assess the impact of the above risks. The Group has considered two downside scenarios: a plausible downside scenario, factoring 
in a reduction in sales volumes offset by reductions in direct expenditure and discretionary operating costs, and a more severe 
downside where the sales assumptions are markedly reduced. The results showed that under these scenarios the Group will still be 
able to operate within the covenants with adequate headroom for the forecast period and that no liquidity issues arise. Whilst the 
severe downside scenario results in covenants still being passed, no liquidity issues and adequate headroom, the Directors have also 
reviewed realistic additional mitigating actions that could be taken over and above those already included in the plausible downside 
scenario forecast to avoid or reduce the impact or occurrence of the underlying risks. 
On consideration of the above, the Directors believe that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
forecast period to 31 October 2022 and the Directors therefore consider it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
the FY21 financial statements.
Audit Committee’s response
The Committee reviewed management’s budget and forecasts, including an overview of the assumptions made in the preparation 
of the base case supporting the going concern statement. This included the Group’s FY22 Board approved budget and also the high 
level plans for FY23. The Committee discussed, and challenged as appropriate, and assessed this in light of the principal risks and 
uncertainties, including realistically assessing timelines for cost reductions if necessary. The Committee discussed and challenged  
the downside scenarios modelled by management, the funding headroom available and the feasibility of mitigating actions and the 
speed of implementation of any cost-saving measures following management decision making. The Committee noted the requirement 
for the Directors to state whether they consider it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at least  
12 months from the date of approval of the FY21 financial statements. 
The Committee considered the additional downside stress testing performed by management. Following this evaluation and analysis, 
the Committee was satisfied with the judgements made and that the continued use of the going concern basis was appropriate.
56

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Assessment of the Annual Report
The Board has charged the Audit Committee with reviewing the contents of this FY21 Annual Report to assess whether, when taken 
as a whole, it is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the necessary information for shareholders to assess the consolidated 
position, performance, business model and strategy. As such, the Audit Committee has reviewed the contents of this FY21 Annual 
Report and when forming its opinion in respect of the above matters, the Audit Committee assessed the following:
Fair
•	 Is the presentation or information complete based on materiality?
•	 Are the key messages in the narrative aligned with the financial statements and supported by KPIs?
•	 Are the KPIs appropriate based on the financial reporting and the outlook?
Balanced
•	 Is the Strategic Report consistent with the financial reporting?
•	 Is there appropriate balance between financial measures under IFRS and adjusted measures not defined by IFRS, with the latter not 
having undue prominence?
•	 Are the key judgements and issues set out in this report consistent with the critical accounting estimates and judgements in the 
financial reporting and the significant issues set out in the report of the external auditor?
•	 Are the principal risks and uncertainties set out in the Strategic Report aligned with the key risks set out in the report of the external 
auditor?
Understandable
•	 Are the important messages highlighted and presented consistently and prominently throughout this Annual Report?
•	 Are the messages written clearly, simply and transparently?
•	 Will a shareholder understand the market we operate in?
•	 And how we generate value?
Following the Audit Committee’s review, the Directors confirm that the FY21 Annual Report, when taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and presents the information necessary for a shareholder to assess the Group’s position and performance, business 
model and strategy.
Internal controls and risk management
In the absence of an internal control function, the Board is ultimately responsible for the operation of an effective system of internal 
control and risk management appropriate to the business. The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the risk management 
systems and internal controls to ensure that they remain effective and that any identified weaknesses are dealt with appropriately.
Overview of the internal control environment
The following key elements comprise the internal control environment which has been designed to identify, evaluate and manage, 
rather than eliminate, the risks facing the Group and to ensure timely and accurate reporting of financial data:
•	 An appropriate organisational structure with clear lines of responsibility.
•	 A comprehensive process for the annual strategic and business planning process.
•	 Systems of control procedures and delegated authorities, beyond the Board Terms of Reference, which operate within defined 
guidelines and approval limits for capital and operating expenditure and other key business transactions and decisions.
•	 Procedures by which the Group’s consolidated financial information and statements are prepared, which identify and take into 
account changes to financial risks as a result of changes to operating models or commercial terms or new accounting standards and 
disclosures.
•	 Established policies and procedures setting out expected standards of business conduct, integrity and ethical standards which 
require all employees to adhere to legal and regulatory requirements in the area in which they do business.
•	 A finance function which has appropriate experience and qualifications, and which regularly assesses the financial impact of risks 
facing the Group.
•	 An appropriate and documented risk management process.
	
57
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT continued
Developments to the control environment in FY21
The most significant activities during FY21 relate to the following:
•	 Further progress of a project to enhance the Group’s end-to-end Order-To-Cash processes; 
•	 Implementation of a review board for renewals and new customer/supplier contracts;
•	 Implementation of weekly KPIs; and
•	 Automation of monthly financial reports.
Review of effectiveness of the internal control environment
The Audit Committee, on behalf of the Board, is responsible for reviewing the effectiveness of the internal control systems and the risk 
management process on an ongoing basis. The process of review has been operational throughout the year and through to the date of 
approval of this Annual Report. At each Audit Committee meeting, management reports any whistleblowing activity, frauds identified 
and any other significant issues. The Audit Committee has neither identified, nor been informed of any failings or weaknesses that it 
has determined to be significant.
In FY21, management has indicated to the Audit Committee that they will continue to focus on increased automation of controls, 
specifically in the area of revenue recognition and cash collection, and also to increase detective controls as increased reporting 
related to non-financial metrics are increased.
Risk management process
In addition to management’s risk management process as highlighted on page 38 of this Annual Report, the Audit Committee has,  
and will continue to, review the risk register a minimum of twice annually and assess the actions taken by management to manage  
and mitigate the risks. The Group’s principal risks and uncertainties are laid out on pages 38 to 40 in the Strategic Report.
Independence and performance of the external auditor
The Board has approved a policy which is intended to maintain the independence and objectivity of the external auditor. The policy 
governs the provision of audit, audit-related services and non-audit services provided by the external auditor. In summary this requires 
Committee approval for all projects with an expected cost in excess of £10,000 and prohibits the engagement of the external auditor 
for the provision of non-audit services.
The Group’s auditor is BDO LLP, and was appointed as statutory auditor to the Group in 2019, commencing with the FY20 audit.  
The lead audit partner is Iain Henderson. 
There were no non-audit fees paid or payable to BDO in FY21. Details of audit and audit-related fees are included in Note 8 to the 
consolidated financial statements. The external auditor is prohibited from providing internal audit services. No former employee of the 
external or internal audit providers is employed by the Group. BDO has confirmed its independence to the Audit Committee.
Effectiveness of the external auditor
The Audit Committee has reviewed the quality of the audit plan and related reports for the FY21 audit and is satisfied with the quality of 
these documents. 
The Audit Committee has reviewed the independence of the external auditor and concluded that it complies with UK regulatory and 
professional requirements and that its objectivity is not compromised.
Focus for FY22
Moving into FY22, the Audit Committee will continue to discuss and give healthy challenge to management on their key judgements 
and estimates in relation to financial accounting and review and assess the performance of the business in line with the plan.
  
Vivienne Maclachlan
Chair of the Audit Committee
29 July 2021
58

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
Members of the Nomination Committee 
The Committee consists of Non-Executive Directors. 
Members during the year were as follows:
Name	
	
	
Scheduled meetings attended	
Membership
Tony Bromovsky (Chairman)	
	
	
2/2	
October 2018 – Current
Andrew Coulsen	
	
	
–/–	
November 2020 – Current
Andrew Doman	
	
	
2/2	
December 2018 – Current
Vivienne Maclachlan	
	
	
2/2	
February 2019 – Current
Nick Wells	
	
	
2/2	
April 2020 – Current
 
The Committee met formally on two occasions in FY21. 
Although only members of the Committee have the right to attend meetings, other individuals, such as the CEO, CFO, Company 
Secretary and external advisers, may be invited to attend for all or part of any meeting.
Duties
The main duties of the Nomination Committee are set out in its Terms of Reference and include the following:
•	 To keep under review the leadership needs of the organisation, both executive and non-executive, with a view to ensuring the 
continued ability of the organisation to compete effectively in the marketplace.
•	 To keep up to date and fully informed about strategic issues and commercial changes affecting the Company and the market  
in which it operates.
•	 To be responsible for identifying and nominating for the approval of the Board, candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when  
they arise.
•	 To formulate plans for succession for both Executive and Non-Executive Directors and in particular for the key roles of Chairman  
and Chief Executive Officer.
•	 To assess the reappointment of any Non-Executive Director at the conclusion of their specified term of office having given due 
regard to their performance and ability to continue to contribute to the Board in light of the knowledge, skills and experience required.
•	 To assess the re-election by shareholders of any Director having due regard to their performance and ability to continue to 
contribute to the Board in light of the knowledge, skills and experience required and the need for progressive refreshing of the Board.
The main activities of the Nomination Committee during the year were as follows:
•	 Recruitment of a new Non-Executive Director.
•	 Appointment of a Chief Financial Officer.
•	 Succession planning.
•	 Board balance and diversity discussions.
•	 Re-election of Directors at the AGM.
•	 Review of Terms of Reference.
Diversity
The Group has in place anti-discrimination policies and considers candidates for appointment or promotion at Board and senior 
management level from a wide pool from various backgrounds and not necessarily the more traditional routes. The Board believes that 
appointments to the Board should be made relative to a number of criteria, including diversity of gender, background and personal 
attributes, alongside the appropriate skill set, experience and expertise. All appointments take these criteria into account. We currently 
have a globally diverse Board and employees which reflects our global business.
Tony Bromovsky
Chairman of the Nomination Committee
29 July 2021
	
59
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
Members of the Remuneration Committee 
The Committee consists of Non-Executive Directors. Members during the year were as follows:
Name	
	
	
Meetings	
Membership
Nick Wells (Chair)	
	
	
2/2	
April 2020 – Current
Tony Bromovsky	
	
	
2/2	
October 2018 – Current
Andrew Coulsen	
	
	
–/–	
November 2020 – Current
Andrew Doman	
	
	
2/2	
December 2018 – Current
Vivienne Maclachlan	
	
	
2/2	
February 2019 – Current
 
During the course of FY21, the Remuneration Committee met on two occasions. 
Although only members of the Committee have the right to attend meetings, other individuals, such as the CEO, CFO, and external 
advisers, may be invited to attend for all or part of any meeting.
Duties
The main duties of the Remuneration Committee are set out in its Terms of Reference and include the following:
•	 Setting the remuneration policy for the Executive Directors and the Company’s Chairman, including pension rights and 
compensation payments.
•	 In determining such policy, to take into account relevant legal and regulatory requirements, and the provisions and 
recommendations of the QCA Code, the QCA’s Remuneration Committee Guide and associated guidance.
•	 Recommending and monitoring the level and structure of remuneration for senior management.
•	 When setting the remuneration policy for Executive Directors, to review and have regard to pay and employment conditions  
across the Group.
•	 To review the appropriateness and relevance of the remuneration policy.
•	 To appoint and determine the terms of reference for any remuneration consultants who advise the Committee.
•	 To approve the design of and determine the targets for any schemes of performance related remuneration and approve the total 
remuneration paid under such schemes.
•	 To review the design of all share incentive plans for approval by the Board.
•	 To determine the policy and scope of pension arrangements for Executive Directors and other designated senior executives.
•	 To oversee any major changes in employee benefits structure throughout the Group.
The main activities of the Remuneration Committee during the year:
Following the implementation of the Company’s new remuneration plan in FY19, the main activities of the Remuneration Committee 
during the year were as follows: 
•	 Consideration of Executive Directors’ and Exco bonuses, and in particular reviewing performance for FY20 and setting objectives 
and outcomes for FY21.
•	 Review and approval of remuneration package for the Chairman.
•	 Approval of awards made under the Company’s new Deferred Share Bonus Plan and Long-term Incentive Plan.
•	 Review of potential mechanism for conversion of awards made under the previous UK Share Option Scheme and US Stock Option 
Plan into shares in the Company.
•	 Review of Terms of Reference.
Nick Wells
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
29 July 2021
60

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

REPORT OF DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
The following disclosures are made to support the Board’s goals of working towards best practice governance standards as an AIM 
company and to promote transparency about how our Directors are rewarded.
The Remuneration Committee
The Board has delegated certain responsibilities for executive remuneration to the Remuneration Committee. Details of the 
Remuneration Committee, its remit and activities are set out on page 60.
The Remuneration Committee is, among other things, responsible for setting the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and the 
Chairman, and recommending and monitoring the level and structure of remuneration for senior management.
Remuneration policy
In FY19, the Remuneration Committee worked with the Aon Hewitt Limited Executive Benefits team to create a new Remuneration Plan 
for the Company that covers Executive Directors, Non-Executive Directors and employees in general.
In creating the new Remuneration Plan, the Committee sought to implement best practice for AIM listed companies, and to ensure that 
benefits packages adhered to the median benchmarks for comparable companies. 
In formulating remuneration policy for the Executive Directors, the Remuneration Committee considers a number of factors designed to:
•	 have regard to the Director’s experience and the nature and complexity of their work in order to pay a competitive salary, in line with 
comparable companies, that attracts and retains Directors of the highest quality;
•	 reflect the Director’s personal performance as scored against quantifiable targets; and
•	 link individual remuneration packages, and particularly equity awards, to the Group’s long-term performance and continued success 
of the Group through the award of annual bonuses and share-based incentive schemes.
The objective of the remuneration policy is to promote the long-term success of the Company, having regard to the views of 
shareholders and stakeholders.
The key elements of the Remuneration Plan are as follows:
Base salary
Base salary is reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee.
Going forwards, base salaries for Executive Directors and other senior employees are being 
benchmarked and will be awarded in line with the median level for comparable companies.
Bonus
The Remuneration Committee has agreed performance conditions for the annual bonuses of the 
Executive Directors based on the achievement of certain financial and operational KPIs. Each Executive 
Director has performance conditions relating to the profitable growth of the Group, specifically in 
relation to growth in Company revenue and adjusted EBITDA. Each Executive Director has additional 
performance conditions relevant to their own areas of responsibility.
The new Remuneration Plan encourages a move from payment of bonuses 100% in cash to a mix of 
cash and deferred bonus shares under the Company’s Deferred Share Bonus Plan (the ‘DSBP’). 
The DSBP was adopted by the Board by resolution on 29 April 2019, the key points of which are:
•	 Deferred bonus shares under the DSBP are typically one or two year vesting. If two year vesting, they 
would vest 50% after 12 months, 100% after 24 months. 
•	 DSBP is targeted at Executive Directors, Exco members and senior level employees.
•	 Deferred bonus shares are awarded subject to performance over the period under assessment, 
though vesting of awarded deferred bonus shares is not subject to performance conditions.
•	 Deferred bonus shares lapse if the recipient leaves before vesting, subject to discretion for good 
leavers to receive on pro rated basis. Early vesting upon M&A and other corporate events.
•	 Malus and clawback provisions apply.
•	 Deferred bonus shares under the DSBP are structured as options with a nominal exercise price.
	
61
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

REPORT OF DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION continued
Bonus continued
Bonuses for Executive Directors and Exco members for FY19 performance were awarded on the basis 
of 50% cash and 50% deferred bonus shares, with the deferred bonus shares vesting after 12 months. 
Due to the financial performance of the Company in FY20, no bonuses were awarded to Executive 
Directors and Exco members for FY20 performance.
Bonuses for Exco members for FY21 performance were awarded on the basis of 50% cash and 50% 
deferred bonus shares, with the deferred bonus shares vesting after 12 months.
LTIP
The Long-term Incentive Plan (the ‘LTIP’) was introduced to incentivise senior management and 
encourage retention. The LTIP replaces awards under the Company’s UK Share Option Scheme and US 
Stock Option Plan.
The LTIP was adopted by the Board by resolution on 29 April 2019, the key points of which are:
•	 LTIPs are typically three year vesting subject to agreed performance criteria.
•	 Performance criteria for LTIPs are to be assessed for each financial year under review, and will focus 
on revenue growth, Adjusted EBITDA growth and increase in share price. KPIs to be weighted and 
vesting subject to sliding scale of assessment.
•	 LTIP is targeted at Executive Directors and Exco members.
•	 LTIPs lapse if the recipient leaves before vesting, subject to discretion for good leavers to receive 
shares on pro rated basis. Early vesting upon M&A and other corporate events.
•	 Malus and clawback provisions apply.
•	 LTIPs are structured as options with a nominal exercise price.
Details of LTIP awards made in relation to FY21 are set out below.
Other benefits
A range of benefits may be provided including pension, private medical insurance, life assurance, 
long-term disability insurance, general employee benefits and travel and related expenses. The 
Remuneration Committee also retains the discretion to offer additional benefits as appropriate, such as 
assistance with relocation, tax equalisation and overseas tax advisory fees.
Directors’ service agreements
Details of the Executive Directors’ service agreements are set out below.
	
	
	
Notice period	
Notice period 
Director	
Date of contract	
Unexpired term	
by Company	
by Director
Andrew Lemonofides1	
2 July 2019	
Rolling contract	
6 months for first year, 	
6 months for first year, 
	
	
	
and then 12 months thereafter	
and then 12 months thereafter
Chris Allen2	
16 April 2020	
Rolling contract	
3 months for first year, 	
3 months for first year, 
	
	
	
then 6 months thereafter	
then 6 months thereafter
1	 Resigned 8 June 2021.
2	 Resigned 10 September 2020. 
The Executive Directors may be put on gardening leave during their notice period, and the Company can elect to terminate their 
employment by making a payment in lieu of notice of up to the applicable notice period.
Employees’ pay
Employees’ pay and conditions across the Group are considered when reviewing remuneration policy for Executive Directors.
62

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Non-Executive Directors
The remuneration payable to Non-Executive Directors (other than the Chairman) is decided by the Chairman and Executive Directors.
Fees are designed to ensure the Company attracts and retains high calibre individuals. They are reviewed on an annual basis and 
account is taken of the level of fees paid by other companies of a similar size and complexity. 
In November 2018, the Director fees for all Non-Executive Directors were benchmarked and adjusted in line with the median 
benchmark for comparable companies. This resulted in a reduction of the total amounts payable to Non-Executive Directors going 
forwards (e.g. the base fee was reduced from £60,000 per annum to £42,000 per annum, with proportionate additional fees payable 
for the Committee chairs and, where applicable, the SID, to reflect the additional responsibility and time commitments of such roles). 
Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any annual bonus, performance related share or option awards or pension arrangements. 
The Company repays the reasonable expenses that Non-Executive Directors incur in carrying out their duties as Directors.
Terms of appointment
The terms of appointment for the Non-Executive Directors are shown below.
Director	
Date of letter of appointment	
Term	
Notice
Tony Bromovsky	
21 September 2018	
12 months	
N/A
Andrew Coulsen	
19 October 2020	
12 months	
N/A
Andrew Doman	
27 February 2019	
12 months	
N/A
Vivienne Maclachlan1	
11 February 2019	
12 months	
N/A
Nick Wells	
31 March 2020	
12 months	
N/A
1	 On 14 June 2021, the Company announced that Vivienne Maclachlan will be stepping down from the Board on 16 August 2021, following publication of the FY21 
annual results.
Annual remuneration report
The annual remuneration report sets out details of Directors’ remuneration payments during FY21 and information in respect of share 
awards and Directors’ shareholdings.
Directors’ remuneration table 
	
	
	
Annual
	
	
Benefits	 Performance	
	
Total	
Total
	
Base salary	
in kind	
Bonus1	
Pensions	
FY21	
FY20
Director	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
Executive Directors	
 	
 	
 	
 	
 	
 
Andrew Lemonofides2	
398	
4	
—	
16	
418	
360
Chris Allen3	
171	
1	
—	
—	
172	
4
Non-Executive Directors
Tony Bromovsky	
120	
—	
—	
—	
120	
350
Andrew Coulsen4	
23	
— 	
— 	
— 	
23 	
— 
Andrew Doman	
42	
—	
—	
—	
42	
42
Vivienne Maclachlan	
49	
—	
—	
—	
49	
56
Nick Wells	
54	
—	
—	
—	
54	
4
Total	
857	
5	
—	
16	
878	
816
 
Notes:
1	 The figures above show the amounts paid, or accrued to be paid, in relation to performance in FY21. 
2	 Resigned on 8 June 2021. 
3	 Resigned on 10 September 2020.
4	 Appointed on 19 October 2020.
 
	
63
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

REPORT OF DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION continued
Deferred Share Bonus Plan awards to Directors 
	
Number of 
	
deferred bonus	
Awards 	
	
	
Awards	
Awards	
Balance
	
shares held	
granted 	
	
	
exercised	
lapsed	
as at	
Vesting and
	
as at 1 May 	
during	
	
	
during	
during	
30 April	
exercise
Director	
2020	
the year	
Date of grant	
Option price	
the year	
the year	
2021	
period
Andrew Lemonofides1	
250,000	
71,248	
30 October 2020	
Nominal	
0	
0	
321,248	
See below2
 
1	 Resigned on 8 June 2021.
2	 The new award was granted as an exceptional award of nominal cost options granted on identical terms to an award under the DSBP. The new award vested 
50% on award and 50% on the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the grantee’s continued service with the Tungsten group. The award was made 
pursuant to the terms of Mr Lemonofides’ executive service contract. The previous award of 250,000 deferred bonus shares vested over a two year period (50% 
vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and the remaining 50% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant), subject to the grantee’s 
continued service with the Tungsten group. Following his departure from Tungsten, all of Mr Lemonofides’ deferred bonus shares vested on 30 June 2021.
 
In addition to the above, as referenced in the Company’s Annual Report and Financial Statements for the financial year ended 
30 April 2020, on 30 October 2020, Tony Bromovsky received an exceptional award of 376,166 nominal cost options on identical terms 
to an award under the Tungsten Corporation plc Deferred Share Bonus Plan. The award was made in recognition of Mr Bromovsky’s 
contribution to the Company while serving as Executive Chairman in the period from 14 February 2019 to 12 December 2019. The award 
will vest over a two year period (50% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and the remaining 50% vesting on the second 
anniversary of the date of grant). Mr Bromovsky is not required to remain with the Company in order for the award to vest, although the 
award will be forfeit if Mr Bromovsky’s appointment is terminated for cause or if he leaves as a good leaver but then starts working for a 
direct competitor of the Company.
LTIP awards to Directors 
	
Number of	
Awards 	
	
	
Awards	
Awards	
Balance
	
LTIPs held	
granted 	
	
	
exercised	
lapsed	
as at	
Vesting and
	
as at 1 May 	
during	
	
	
during	
during	
30 April	
exercise
Director	
2020	
the year	
Date of grant	
Option price	
the year	
the year	
2021	
period
Andrew Lemonofides1	
531,632	
1,146,413	
30 October 2020	
Nominal	
0	
531,6322	
1,146,4133	
See below
 
1	 Resigned on 8 June 2021.
2	 As noted in the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 30 April 2020, following a review of the Company’s strategy and 
performance in FY20 against the targets set for the FY20 LTIP and in recognition of the Company’s current dilution position, Mr Lemonofides and other 
participants agreed in August 2020 to waive their FY20 LTIP awards. No consideration was offered in return for the waiver of these awards. 
3	 Mr Lemonofides’ LTIPs lapsed upon his resignation on 8 June 2021.
 
64

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

FY21 LTIP awards
The above LTIP awards were granted as nominal cost options which would be exercisable on 30 October 2023, subject to satisfaction of 
performance conditions in relation to revenue growth, Adjusted EBITDA growth, cash conversion and increase in share price over three 
financial years (FY21, FY22 and FY23, the ‘Performance Period’), and also to the grantee’s continued service with the Tungsten group.
The performance conditions for the FY21 LTIP awards were as follows:
Revenue  
performance condition
EBITDA  
performance condition
Cash conversion  
performance condition
Share Price  
condition
CAGR %
£m
%
Pence per share
33% of total award
33% of total award
19% of total award
15% of total award
CAGR
Vesting
EBITDA
Vesting
Cash conversion
Vesting
Price
Vesting
Less than 8%
0%
Less than £11.1m 0%
Less than 42%
0%
Less than 76p
0%
8%
40%
£11.1m
40%
42%
40%
76p
40%
9%
50%
£11.5m
50%
44%
50%
80p
50%
10%
60%
£11.9m
60%
46%
60%
84p
60%
11%
70%
£12.3m
70%
48%
70%
88p
70%
12%
80%
£12.7m
80%
50%
80%
92p
80%
13%
90%
£13.1m
90%
52%
90%
96p
90%
14%  
or more
100%
£13.4m  
and above
100%
54%  
and above
100%
100p  
and above
100%
Note:
Measures the compound 
annual growth in the Group’s 
revenue over the Performance 
Period.
Note:
Measures the Group’s earnings 
before interest, tax, deductions 
and amortisation (‘EBITDA’) in 
the year ended 30 April 2023.
Note:
Measures the Group’s cash 
conversion (cash flow from 
operating and investing 
activities divided by EBITDA) in 
the year ended 30 April 2023.
Note:
Measures the Company’s 
average share price over the 
one-month period ending on 
30 October 2023 (i.e. the third 
anniversary of the Grant Date).
	
	
	
Share option schemes 
The Company’s UK Share Option Scheme and US Stock Option Plan provided recipients with the ability to purchase vested options  
at the option grant price. Each option grant typically vested in four tranches over four years from date of grant and is exercisable  
for 10 years from date of grant. Share options were awarded in recognition of performance over the financial year under assessment. 
While the option awards made under the UK Share Option Scheme and the US Stock Option Plan remain outstanding, these schemes 
have been now replaced by the Company’s LTIP introduced in FY19, as described above.
No current Directors of the Company hold or have any interest in any options under the UK Share Option Scheme or the US Stock 
Option Plan. 
	
65
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

REPORT OF DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION continued
Directors’ interests in the share capital of the Company 
	
Number of ordinary	
	
Number of ordinary	
Percentage of issued
	
shares held on 	
Acquired/disposed	
shares held on	 share capital in issue on
Director	
1 May 2020	
 during the year	
30 April 2021	
30 April 2021
Executive Directors	
 	
 	
 	
 
Andrew Lemonofides1	
–	
–	
–	
–
Chris Allen2	
–	
–	
–	
–
Non-Executive Directors	
 	
 	
 	
 
Tony Bromovsky	
934,104	
–	
934,104	
0.74%
Andrew Coulsen3	
–	
–	
–	
–
Andrew Doman	
251,649	
–	
251,649	
0.20%
Vivienne Maclachlan4	
–	
–	
–	
–
Nick Wells	
100,000	
–	
100,000	
0.08%
 
1	 Resigned 8 June 2021.
2	 Resigned 10 September 2020.
3	 Appointed 19 October 2020.
4	 On 14 June 2021, the Company announced that Vivienne Maclachlan will be stepping down from the Board on 16 August 2021, following publication of the  
FY21 annual results.
Founders LTIP scheme
In FY13, certain former Directors and other individuals acquired interests in the B ordinary shares (the ‘Founders LTIP Shares’)  
and C ordinary shares (the ‘Founders LTIP Securities’) of Tungsten Corporation Guernsey Limited, a subsidiary of the Company. 
The Founders LTIP Shares were all exchanged into ordinary shares of the Company as part of the admission process. 
The Founders LTIP Securities are exchangeable into ordinary shares of the Company once the price per ordinary share of the Company 
has reached (for any 20 trading days out of 30 successive trading days, the last of such days falling not less than five and not more 
than 10 years following admission) a closing price equal to the price resulting from applying an equivalent of a compound rate of return 
from the date of the admission to the adjusted issue price equal to 8.25% per annum accrued daily and compounded quarterly.
No current Directors of the Company hold or have any interest in any Founders LTIP Securities. 
This Report of Directors’ remuneration will be put to an advisory vote at the forthcoming October 2021 AGM.
Nick Wells
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
29 July 2021
66

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
The Directors of Tungsten Corporation plc present their report for the year ended 30 April 2021. Particulars of important events 
affecting the Company and its subsidiaries and likely future developments may be found in the Strategic report on pages 10 to 14. 
Directors
Biographical details of the Directors currently serving on the Board and their dates of appointment are set out on pages 46 and 47.
The Directors of the Company who were in office during the year and up to the date of signing the financial statements were:
Executive Directors	
Non-Executive Directors
Andrew Lemonofides1	
Tony Bromovsky
Chris Allen2	
Andrew Coulsen3
 	
Andrew Doman
 	
Vivienne Maclachlan4
 	
Nick Wells
 
Notes:
1.	 Resigned 8 June 2021.
2.	 Resigned 10 September 2020.
3.	Appointed on 19 October 2020.
4.	On 14 June 2021, the Company announced that Vivienne Maclachlan will be stepping down from the Board on 16 August 2021 following publication of the  
FY21 annual results.
 
The Company’s approach to the appointment and replacement of Directors is governed by its Articles of Association (together with 
relevant legislation) and takes into consideration any recommendations of the QCA Code.
Subject to any restrictions in its Articles of Association and the Companies Act 2006, the Directors may exercise any powers which  
are not reserved for exercise by the shareholders.
Results and dividend
Results for the year ended 30 April 2021 are set out in the consolidated income statement on page 82. The Company has no 
distributable reserves to declare a dividend for the year ended 30 April 2021.
Change of control/Significant agreements
Should the Company be subject to a change of control, the following represents the likely effects on significant agreements: 
•	 The Founder Share Scheme Securities will become exchangeable into ordinary shares in Tungsten Corporation plc, with a value 
equal to 15% of the increase in the actual market capitalisation of Tungsten Corporation plc since admission, subject to:
1.	The value of Tungsten Corporation plc having risen by over 8.25% per annum since admission (the ‘Threshold Price’); and
2.	Where the change of control results from, or triggers, an offer to holders of the ordinary shares of the Company, that offer being at 
an equivalent price per ordinary share of the Company equal to (or greater than) the Threshold Price; or
3.	Where the change of control results from, or in, the removal of either of Danny Truell or Edmund Truell (the Founders) from the 
Board of the Company, and the Threshold Price having been previously reached for any 20 trading days out of 30 successive 
trading days.
Other than the above the Company does not have any agreements with any Non-Executive Director, Executive Director or employee 
requiring compensation for loss of office resulting from a change of control.
Articles of Association
Any amendments to the Articles of Association of the Company may be made by Special Resolution of the shareholders.
	
67
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

DIRECTORS’ REPORT continued
Share capital
Details of the Company’s share capital are set out in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements. The Company’s share capital 
consists of one class of ordinary shares that do not carry rights to fixed income. As at 30 April 2021, there were 126,216,714 ordinary 
shares of £0.00438 each in issue. Ordinary shareholders are entitled to receive notice and to attend and speak at general meetings.
Each shareholder present in person or by proxy (or by duly authorised corporate representatives) has, on a show of hands, one vote.  
On a poll, each shareholder present in person or by proxy has one vote for each share held.
Other than the general provisions of the Articles of Association (and prevailing legislation) there are no specific restrictions of the size  
of a holding or on the transfer of the ordinary shares.
The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of the Company’s shares that may result in the restriction of the 
transfer of securities or on voting rights. No shareholder holds securities carrying any special rights or control over the Company’s 
share capital.
Authority to purchase own shares
The Company was authorised by shareholder resolution at the 2020 Annual General Meeting to purchase up to 10% of its issued  
share capital. A resolution will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting and authority sought to purchase up to 10% of 
its issued share capital. Under this authority, any shares purchased must be held as treasury shares or, otherwise, cancelled resulting 
in a reduction of the Company’s issued share capital. 
No shares were purchased by the Company during the year.	
 
Directors’ interests
The number of ordinary shares of the Company in which the Directors are beneficially interested at 30 April 2021 is set out in the 
Report of Directors’ remuneration on page 66.
Directors’ indemnities and insurance
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company has purchased Directors’ and 
Officers’ Liability Insurance which remains in place at the date of this report. The Company reviews its insurance policies on an annual 
basis in order to satisfy itself that its level of cover remains adequate.
The Directors are also indemnified under the Articles of Association of the Company.
Significant shareholders
As at 30 June 2021, the latest practicable date prior to publication, Tungsten Corporation plc is aware of the following holdings 
of significant shareholders in the Company (as defined in the AIM Rules). These figures are based on its most recent analysis of 
shareholders as at 30 June 2021, and other notifications to the Company. For clarity, shareholdings are shown separately from 
holdings in financial instruments, where disclosed.
 	
Shareholdings as at
	
30 June 2021	
Financial instruments notified	
Total
 	
Shares	
%	
Number1	
%	
Holdings	
%
Odey Asset Management	
19,290,786	
15.28	
3,440,6872	
2.72	
22,731,473	
18.01
Mr Edmund Truell3,4	
17,582,558	
13.93	
-	
-	
17,582,558	
13.93
AXA Framlington Investment Management	
9,943,458	
7.88	
- 	
- 	
9,943,458	
7.88
Chelverton Asset Management	
9,000,000	
7.13	
-	
-	
9,000,000	
7.13
Archon Capital Management	
8,683,000	
6.88	
- 	
- 	
8,683,000	
6.88
Burgundy Asset Management	
4,796,782	
3.80	
- 	
- 	
4,796,782	
3.80
London Private Capital	
4,269,342	
3.38	
- 	
- 	
4,269,342	
3.38
Herald Investment Management	
3,960,000	
3.14	
-	
-	
3,960,000	
3.14
 
1	 Total voting rights, or share equivalent.
2	 3,440,687 shares equivalent held via CFDs, reported to the Company on 11 June 2021.
3	 As reported to the Company on 5 July 2021, Mr Edmund Truell’s shareholding disclosed above is constituted of interests held by (i) Issus LP, acting by its general 
partner, Disruptive Capital GP Limited, and (ii) Pension SuperFund Private Markets Limited.
4	 As reported to the Company on 5 July 2021, interest in relation to the loan facility entered into in October 2016 between Disruptive Capital Investments Limited 
(‘DCIL’) and Equities First Holdings LLC in respect of 6,000,000 shares in the Company (the ‘Loan Shares’) has been assigned to Issus LP and the loan facility has 
been extended to 11 January 2022. The Company has previously been advised that DCIL did not have voting rights in relation to the ‘Loan Shares’ until such time 
as they are returned to them under the loan facility. 
68

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Financial risk management
The Company’s objectives and policies on financial risk management including information on the exposure of the Company to credit 
risks, liquidity risks and capital management risks are set out in Note 23 to the financial statements and in the Principal risks and 
uncertainties section on pages 38 to 40. 
Research & development
The Company capitalised £2.4 million during the year (FY20: £2.8 million) of software development costs relating to the in-house 
e-commerce software platform. Amortisation of the software platform totalled £2.3 million in the period (FY20: £1.8 million). 
Greenhouse gas emissions
The 2018 Regulations introduced requirements under Part 15 of the Companies Act 2006 for large unquoted companies to disclose 
their annual energy use and greenhouse gas emissions, and related information. However, the Group has applied the option permitted 
to exclude any energy and carbon information relating to its subsidiary which the subsidiary would not itself be obliged to include 
if reporting on its own account; this applies to all subsidiaries within the Group. Tungsten Corporation plc itself consumes less than 
40MWh and therefore as a low energy user, it is not required to make the detailed disclosures of energy and carbon information but is 
required to state, in its relevant report, that its energy and carbon information is not disclosed for that reason. Tungsten Corporation 
plc’s annual energy use and greenhouse gas emissions, and related information has not been disclosed in this Annual Report as it is a 
low energy user.
Brexit
The EU–UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement, which governs the relationship between the UK and the EU post-Brexit, was signed 
on 30 December 2020 and has been enacted in law. The Tungsten Brexit Steering Committee, formed of key stakeholders from all 
functions in Tungsten, navigated Brexit transition and reviewed all known potential impacts of Brexit scenarios on the Company and 
its operations, it being noted in particular that as the Group operates subsidiaries in other countries, there are alternative channels 
available to us to continue business with the same customers, should the need arise, with little to no effect from Brexit changes. 
As such, while the Directors continue to closely monitor the situation, they currently deem that the effects of Brexit will not have a 
significant impact on the Group’s operations. 
Going concern statement
Whilst the Group was impacted in FY20 by the COVID-19 pandemic with lower transactions and a slower sales conversion cycle, we 
saw an increase in year on year transactions towards the end of FY21 and are seeing continued trajectory in FY22. We were also able to 
add eight new product wins in FY21. 
We also renewed our existing revolving credit facility (£4.0 million of which £2.0 million is drawn) which expires in December 2023. We 
also did not further drawdown on the facility in FY21.
The Group going concern assessment is based on forecasts and projections of anticipated trading performance, including assessment 
of downside and severe downside scenarios. The assumptions applied are subjective and management applies judgement in 
estimating the probability, timing and value of underlying cash flows. 
The Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will have adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the next 12 months from approval of these financial statements and accordingly these financial statements are prepared 
on a going concern basis.
If sales and settlement of existing debts are not in line with cash flow forecasts, the Directors have identified cost savings associated 
with the reduction in revenues and have the ability to identify further cost savings if necessary.
While the Directors have no reason to believe that customer revenues and receipts will decline to the point that the Group no longer 
has sufficient resources to fund its operations, should this occur, the Group may need to seek additional funding beyond the facilities 
that are currently available to it, as well as making significant reductions in its fixed cost expenses. See Note 2 to the consolidated 
financial statements for further information on going concern.
	
69
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

DIRECTORS’ REPORT continued
COVID-19 
The Directors have continued to monitor and respond to the effects of the global COVID-19 pandemic on the Group and took prompt 
steps to ensure there was no material impact on the Company’s operations and working capital. In particular, the Board implemented 
travel restrictions for Group business units and remote working arrangements for most of the Group’s global workforce, and instituted 
safety protocols for all business segments based on local COVID-19 guidelines. Future working practices after the COVID-19 pandemic 
are expected to include a blend of home and office working. Some rationalisation of office space has already been undertaken as leases 
permit, and future rationalisation is being actively assessed.
Post balance sheet events 
There are no known material adjusting or unadjusting events occurring between the balance sheet date and the date when the 
financial statements were authorised for issue. 
Independent auditor
BDO LLP has expressed their willingness to continue in office as auditor and a resolution seeking to reappoint them will be proposed  
at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.
Annual General Meeting
The Company’s Annual General Meeting will be held at 11 am on 15 October 2021. 
As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, our 2020 AGM was held on a closed basis. We are monitoring the ongoing situation in order to 
assess whether it will be possible to hold an open meeting in the light of the prevailing conditions, Government guidelines and best 
practice at the time of the meeting. 
Details of the resolutions to be proposed and the final arrangements for the meeting, including the location for the meeting and 
whether it will be held on an open or closed basis, will be set out in a separate Notice of Meeting, which will be sent out in advance 
closer to the date of the meeting.
This report was approved by the Board of Directors of Tungsten Corporation plc and signed by order of the Board:
 
Patrick Clark
General Counsel and Company Secretary 
29 July 2021
70

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law  
and regulation.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare Financial Statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have 
prepared the Group and parent company financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) 
in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. Under company law the Directors must not approve the Financial 
Statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and of 
the profit or loss of the Group and parent company for that period. The Directors are also required to prepare Financial Statements in 
accordance with the rules of the London Stock Exchange for companies trading securities on the Alternative Investment Market.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to:
•	 Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
•	 Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 
•	 State whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, 
subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and
•	 Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and parent 
company will continue in business.
The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and parent company and hence for taking reasonable steps 
for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the Financial Statements comply with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 
The Directors are responsible for ensuring that the Annual Report and the Financial Statements are made available on the Company’s 
website. Financial statements are published on the Company’s website in accordance with legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of Financial Statements, which may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance 
and integrity of the Company’s website is the responsibility of the Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also extends to the ongoing 
integrity of the Financial Statements contained therein. 
Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is approved:
•	 So far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group and parent company’s auditor is  
unaware; and
•	 They have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Group and parent company’s auditor is aware of that information. 
The Directors’ report was approved by a duly authorised Committee of the Board of Directors on 29 July 2021 and signed on its  
behalf by:
 
Patrick Clark
General Counsel and Company Secretary
29 July 2021
	
71
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Corporate Governance	
  

72

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
Financial  
Statements 
In this section
Independent auditor’s report 	
74
Consolidated income statement 	
82
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income 	
83
Consolidated statement  
of financial position 	
84
Consolidated statement  
of changes in equity 	
85
Consolidated statement  
of cash flows 	
86
Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements 	
87
Parent company balance sheet 	
116
Parent company statement  
of changes in equity 	
117
Parent company statement  
of cash flows 	
118
Notes to the parent company  
financial statements 	
119
Shareholder information 	
128

	
73
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  

74

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF TUNGSTEN CORPORATION PLC 
Opinion on the financial statements
In our opinion:
•	 the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 30 April 2021 
and of the Group’s loss for the year then ended;
•	 the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006;
•	 	the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006; and
•	 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements of Tungsten Corporation plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the 
year ended 30 April 2021 which comprise the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, 
the consolidated statement of financial position, the company balance sheet, the consolidated cash flow statement, the company 
cash flow statement, the consolidated statement of changes in equity, the company statement of changes in equity and notes to the 
consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. 
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and international accounting standards  
in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Parent Company financial statements, as applied 
in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our 
report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 
Independence
We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our 
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 
Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and the Parent 
Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
•	 Review of the internal forecasting process to confirm the projections are prepared by an appropriate level of staff that is aware  
of the detailed figures included in the forecast but also has a high level understanding of the entity’s market, strategy and changes 
in the customer base.
•	 Review of the forecasts prepared and challenge of the key assumptions, critiquing supporting documentation, and inputs within the 
model to determine whether there is adequate support for the assumptions underlying the forecasts.
•	 The Directors have applied downwards sensitivities to the more variable aspects of the forecasts and also modelled a number of 
mitigating cash saving initiatives. We considered the appropriateness of the sensitivities applied in respect of the impact of COVID-19 
and its effects on the group’s solvency and liquidity position. 
•	 Review of post year-end management accounts, specifically comparing the cash position against that budgeted. 
•	 Making inquiries of management as to their knowledge of events or conditions beyond the period of their assessment that may cast 
significant doubt on the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. 
•	 Considering the adequacy of the disclosures in the financial statements against the requirements of the accounting standards.
We consider this area to be a key audit matter. 
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections  
of this report.

	
75
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
Overview
Coverage1
90% (2020: 90%) of Group revenue
97% (2020: 97%) of Group total assets
Key audit matters
 
2021
2020
Revenue recognition
✓
✓
Intangible Assets: Development costs capitalisation,  
amortisation and impairment
✓
✓
Going Concern
✓
✓
Impairment of Intangibles (including Goodwill)
✓
✓
Materiality
Group financial statements as a whole
£360k (2020:£353k) based on 1% (2020:1%) of revenue
1	 These are areas which have been subject to a full scope audit by the group engagement team.
An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including the Group’s system of internal 
control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. We also addressed the risk of management 
override of internal controls, including assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk 
of material misstatement.
The Group consists of ten trading components based in Europe, North America and Asia. There are four components based in the 
UK, one being the holding company. Further to this there are two trading components incorporated in Europe based in Germany and 
Bulgaria, two trading components are incorporated in Asia based in Malaysia and India with the remaining two trading components 
incorporated in North America.
Based on our assessment of the Group, we focused our Group audit scope primarily over the significant components, being Tungsten 
Corporation plc, Tungsten Network Limited and Tungsten Network Inc. The significant components in all territories were subject to 
full scope audits by the Group audit team, supported by our network member firm (‘the component auditor’) in Malaysia, noting that 
a share of the Group’s finance function is managed through a Shared Service Centre based within Malaysia, with desktop reviews 
performed on the remaining Group components. 
At the parent entity level we also tested the consolidation process including consolidation adjustments and journals, performed work 
on all key judgements areas and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that there were no significant risks of 
material misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the remaining components not subject to audit. 
The figures in the table above demonstrates the coverage from our full scope audit work performed over the significant components 
within the Group for total assets and profit before tax. With regards to revenue, the coverage was obtained through detail testing 
performed on each component within the Group that records revenue. 
Our involvement with component auditors
For the work performed by the component auditor, we determined the level of involvement needed in order to be able to conclude 
whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence has been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a 
whole. Our involvement with the component auditor included the following:
•	 We provided instructions to the component auditor setting out the risks and procedures to be performed as part of their full 
scope audit, reporting to us on the significant components and equity investments accounted for in this territory, and determined 
appropriately scoped risks, procedures and agreed responses to those risks with the component audit team.
•	 We held planning meetings with the component team to discuss the component risk assessment including materiality, and overall 
reporting process that was then communicated formally in Group audit instructions. Our instructions required a number of reporting 
deliverables including the component auditor opinion that was received and reviewed. We took an active part in reviewing the work 
performed; this was performed remotely but with the component auditor in attendance. 
This, together with the additional procedures performed at a Group level over the consolidation process gave us the evidence we 
needed for our opinion on the financial statements as a whole.

76

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF TUNGSTEN CORPORATION PLC continued
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in 
the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. In addition 
to the matter described in the Conclusion relating to going concern section of our report we have determined the matters described 
below to be the key audit matters. 
Key audit matter 
How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
Revenue Recognition
See accounting policy in Note 2  
on pages 88 and 89
The Group generates revenue from the 
provision of e-invoicing services primarily 
via subscription fees for access to the 
service and per-transaction fees.
We considered there to be a significant 
audit risk arising from inappropriate or 
incorrect recognition of revenue. 
The key audit matters related to revenue 
recognition are as follows:
•	 The risk of material misstatement 
in relation to revenue recognition 
concerns the recognition around the 
year end, particularly in relation to the 
adjustments recorded with respect to 
subscription fees for which revenue is 
recognised over time. 
•	 There is also a risk that revenue  
streams have not been recognised 
appropriately in line with the performance 
obligations, and that the policy itself  
is not in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity  
with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006. 
•	 There is a risk that accounts receivable 
and deferred income are shown gross  
in the financial statements where there 
is not an unconditional right  
to consideration.
With regards to the risk of material misstatement related to the  
inappropriate or incorrect recognition of revenue we performed the  
following specific testing:
•	 During the planning phase, discussions were held in relation to the 
revenue approach to assess the appropriateness of the revenue 
recognition policy, assess whether it was in line with the requirements of 
applicable accounting standards.
•	 We examined a sample of contracts to confirm the nature of the 
obligations and the appropriateness of the method used to recognise 
revenue, either at a point in time or over time. 
The engagement team used digital analytical procedures, with the 
assistance of IT specialists, to reconcile the amounts recorded as revenue 
with the underlying transactions captured in the Group’s operational 
systems. These procedures covered 100% of the underlying transactions, 
billings, and amounts recorded in the general ledger before any manual 
journal entries to record movements in contract liabilities related to 
deferred revenue. 
•	 To address the risk of revenue being recognised in the incorrect financial 
year, we obtained support for a sample of the manual journal entries 
to record adjustments to revenue for movements in contract liabilities 
and for a sample of transactions we tested the accuracy of the amounts 
recognised and deferred by reference to supporting documentation such 
as invoices and customer agreements. 
•	 Finally, via testing a sample of year end balances, in relation to  
IFRS 15, we also considered the presentation of trade receivable and 
contract liabilities to ensure that both balances reflect the required 
presentation position. 
Key observations:
Based on the work performed we consider that revenue has been 
recognised appropriately and in accordance with the Group’s revenue 
recognition accounting policy. 

	
77
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
Key audit matter 
How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
Intangible Assets: Development Costs, 
amortisation and impairment
Details of the Group’s accounting policies 
applied during the period are given in 
notes 2 and 12 on pages 93 and 101 
respectively. 
The Group capitalises costs in relation to 
the development of the software used in 
the delivery of services to its clients. 
There is significant judgement, taking 
account of the assumptions used, 
involved, which is why it is deemed a 
Key Audit Matter, in the determinations 
of which costs are capitalised, their 
amortisation period and whether there is 
any impairment of historically capitalised 
assets amounts.
With regards to the risk of material misstatement related to the inappropriate 
or incorrect capitalisation of developments costs, the incorrect calculation 
of amortisation and the inaccurate evaluation of impairment related to this 
financial statement area, we performed the following specific testing:
•	 Discussions were held by senior members of the audit team with the 
Group’s technology officer to understand the Group’s processes and 
procedures and projects in relation to development costs. 
•	 We considered whether the development costs capitalised met the  
criteria for capitalisation under IAS 38 and subsequently whether the 
mechanics over capturing time spent and translating that cost into an 
accounting entry operated accurately. Using the underlying timecard 
information for a samples of items, the underlying hours and related costs 
were agreed back through to the timecard system and to supporting 
documentation including employment contracts and where applicable 
agreements with contractors. 
•	 Costs incurred with third parties were agreed, on a sample basis, to 
supporting documentation to ensure they were suitable for capitalisation 
and related to the development project.
•	 Any capitalised projects with a material net book value (‘NBV’) on the 
balance sheet were, on a sample basis, selected for testing.
•	 We considered the ability for the asset to generate future economic 
benefits for the business which at least exceed its carrying value by 
assessing the use of the technology platforms in the performance of the 
Group’s obligations to customers.
•	 Assessed management’s estimate of the amortisation period applied 
to the asset by considering relevant industry benchmarks and specific 
knowledge of the client’s product. Additionally considering whether any 
indicators of impairment exist taking account of any changes in usability 
of amounts previously capitalised; and
•	 Finally, in line with IAS 36 we ensured that assets that were not yet 
available for use (such as projects in development) had undertaken an 
impairment review as required. There were no instances where this was 
an issue in the year. 
Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, we noted no instances of material 
numerical or presentational misstatements in the year relating to the 
accounting for development costs, including the calculation of the related 
amortisation charge and the evaluation of impairment, which there  
was none.

78

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF TUNGSTEN CORPORATION PLC continued
Key audit matter 
How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
Impairment of Intangibles  
(including Goodwill)
Details of the Group’s accounting policies 
applied during the period are given in 
notes 2 and 12 on pages 92 and 101 
respectively. 
The Directors have determined that a 
further impairment of goodwill £26.2million 
exists. This has been determined based 
on a value in use model, which includes 
consideration of probability adjusted 
scenarios based on different revenue and 
cost growth assumptions, to assess the 
recoverability of the Goodwill.
There is significant judgement, taking 
account of the assumptions used, 
involved, which is why it is deemed a 
Key Audit Matter, in the estimation of the 
recoverable amount of the intangibles 
(including goodwill).
Our audit procedures included the following:
•	 We reviewed and arithmetically checked management’s impairment 
assessment, based on our knowledge of the Group’s business, 
performance to date and from discussions with management.
•	 We assessed whether the methodology applied to value the goodwill 
carrying value appropriately supports each assets value.
•	 We reviewed and challenged the assumptions underpinning the forecasts 
and the other inputs into the value in use model. This included  
a recalculation of the discount rate applied, corroborating the inputs,  
to 3rd party evidence.
•	 We checked that the forecast figures included within the model had been 
approved by the Board and the base case scenario was consistent with 
information obtained in other audit procedures.
•	 We also reviewed the different scenarios, being an upside, a downside 
and a severe downside case, used by management and ran our own 
sensitivities to evaluate management’s assessment of the existence of 
any impairment to the carrying value of the goodwill.
•	 We assessed the completeness and accuracy of the related accounting 
policies and disclosures in the financial statements. 
Key observations:
Based on the procedures performed, we noted no instances of material 
misstatements in the year under audit.
Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements.  
We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could influence the economic decisions  
of reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the financial statements. 
In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower materiality 
level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these levels will 
not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the particular 
circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

	
79
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance materiality 
as follows:
 
 
Group financial statements
Parent company financial statements
2021
£
2020
£
2021
£
2020
£
Materiality
360,000
353,000
140,000
120,000
Basis for determining 
materiality
1% Revenue 
1% Revenue 
40% Group Materiality 
35% Group Materiality
Rationale for the  
benchmark applied
We considered revenue to be the most appropriate 
benchmark as this is the primary KPI which is used 
to address the performance of the Group by the 
board and an important performance based metric 
to the users of the financial statements. 
Materiality for the parent company was set at 
40 percent of group materiality paying due 
consideration to aggregation risk in relation to 
group materiality.
Performance materiality
252,000
264,750
98,000
90,000
Basis for determining 
performance materiality
Performance materiality was set at 70% (2020: 
75%) due to the expected total value of known and 
likely misstatements and management’s attitude 
towards proposed adjustments. Additionally 
there are a select number of areas included in the 
accounts which are subject to estimates.
Performance materiality was set at 70% (2020: 
75%) due to the fact there are a select number of 
areas included in the accounts which are subject 
to estimates.
 
Component materiality
We set materiality for each component of the Group based on a percentage of between 40% and 80% of Group materiality dependent 
on the size of the component. Component materiality ranged from £140,000 to £280,000. In the audit of each component, we further 
applied performance materiality levels of 70% of the component materiality to our testing to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding 
component materiality was appropriately mitigated.
Reporting threshold 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of £18,000 (2020: £17,650). 
We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.
Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual report 
and accounts other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not 
cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine 
whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed,  
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.

80

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF TUNGSTEN CORPORATION PLC continued
Other Companies Act 2006 reporting
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required by the 
Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below. 
Strategic report and  
Directors’ report 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•	 the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for 
which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
•	 the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements.
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its 
environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements  
in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.
Matters on which  
we are required to report  
by exception
 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies 
Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
•	 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate 
for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
•	 the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and 
returns; or
•	 certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•	 we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
 
Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the statement of Directors’ responsibilities set out on page 71, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the 
Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance  
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect  
a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually  
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

	
81
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:
•	 We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the Group and determined that the 
most significant frameworks which are directly relevant to specific assertions in the financial statements are those that relate to the 
reporting framework, rules of the London Stock Exchange for companies trading securities on AIM, the Companies Act 2006 and 
relevant tax compliance regulations;
•	 We understood how the Group is complying with those frameworks by making enquiries of management, those responsible for legal 
and compliance procedures and the Company Secretary. We corroborated our enquiries through our review of board minutes and 
papers provided to the Audit Committee;
•	 We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur, 
and met with management from across the Group to understand where there was actual and suspected fraud and whether they 
considered the Group was susceptible to fraud;
•	 Our audit planning identified fraud risks in relation to management override and inappropriate or incorrect recognition of revenue 
(revenue recognition assessed as a Key Audit Matter above). We obtained an understanding of the processes and controls that the 
Group has established to address risks identified, or that otherwise prevent, deter and detect fraud; and how management monitors 
those processes and controls; 
•	 With regards to the fraud risk in management override, our procedures included journal transaction testing, with a focus on large 
or unusual transactions based on our knowledge of the business. We also performed an assessment on the appropriateness of 
key judgements and estimates, for example the capitalisation of development costs (the risks associated with the capitalisation of 
development costs has been assessed as a Key Audit Matter above), which are subject to managements’ judgement and estimation, 
and could be subject to potential bias; and
•	 We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members (including 
the component audit team) and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout 
the audit.
Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material misstatement in the financial statements, recognising that the risk 
of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. There are inherent limitations in the 
audit procedures performed and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions 
reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.
A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members those matters we are required 
to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Iain Henderson (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor
London UK
Date: 29 July 2021
BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).

82

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
	
	
	
	
	
Year ended 	
Year ended 
	
 	
 	
 	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
Note	
£’000	
£’000 
Revenue	
 	
 	
	
4	
36,116	
36,812 
Operating expenses	
 	
 	
	
5	
(69,358)	
(62,356)
Operating loss	
 	
 	
	
	
(33,242)	
(25,544)
 	
 	
 	
	
	
Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA1	
 	
 	
	
	
4,695	
3,743
Depreciation and amortisation 	
 	
 	
	
5	
(4,274)	
(4,451)
Loss on disposal of intangible assets	
	
	
	
5	
(99)	
(612)
Impairment of goodwill	
	
	
	
5,12	
(26,160)	
(23,040)
Impairment of customer relationships	
	
	
	
5,12	
(100)	
–
Impairment of right of use assets	
	
	
	
5,13	
(1,121)	
–
Impairment of leasehold improvements	
	
	
	
5,13	
(544)	
–
Foreign exchange (loss) / gain	
	
	
	
5	
(3,275)	
869
Share-based payment expense	
 	
 	
	
6,17	
(280)	
(534)
Exceptional items	
 	
 	
	
7	
(2,084)	
(1,519) 
Operating loss	
 	
 	
	
 	
(33,242)	
(25,544)
 	
 	
 	
 	
	
Finance income	
 	
 	
	
9	
1,702	
1,910
Finance costs	
 	
 	
	
9	
(3,083)	
(2,321)
Net finance costs	
 	
 	
	
9	
(1,381)	
(411) 
 	
 	
 	
	
	
Loss before taxation	
 	
 	
	
	
(34,623)	
(25,955)
Taxation charge	
 	
 	
	
10	
(63)	
(47)
Loss for the year 	
 	
 	
	
	
(34,686)	
(26,002)
 	
 	
 	
	
	
Loss per share attributable to the equity holders of the parent during the year  
(expressed in pence per share):	
Basic and diluted	
	
	
	
11	
(27.49)	
(20.62)
1	 Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA is calculated as earnings before net finance cost, tax, depreciation and amortisation (which includes lease costs), 
impairment of goodwill, impairment of intangibles assets, impairment of right of use assets, impairment of leasehold improvements, loss on disposal of assets, 
foreign exchange gain or loss, share-based payment expense and exceptional items.
The above consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

	
83
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
 	
 	
 	
 	
	
 Year ended 	
 Year ended 
 	
 	
 	
	
	
 30 April	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021 	
 2020
 	
 	
 	
 	
	
 £’000 	
 £’000 
Loss for the year	
	
 	
	
	
(34,686)	
(26,002)
Other comprehensive income/(expense):	
 	
 	
 	
	
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss	
	
	
	
	
Currency translation differences	
 	
 	
 	
	
3,832 	
 (1,115)
Total comprehensive loss for the year	
 	
 	
 	
	
(30,854)	
 (27,117)
The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
 

84

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
	
	
	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
 	
 	
 	
	
Note	
£’000	
£’000
Assets	
	
	
	
Non-current assets	
	
	
	
Goodwill	
	
	
	
12	
49,616	
76,088
Intangible assets	
	
	
	
12	
16,895	
17,666 
Property, plant and equipment	
	
	
	
13	
693	
 1,578 
Right of use assets	
	
	
	
13,19	
3,585	
5,518
Trade and other receivables	
 	
	
	
 14 	
687	
 755 
Total non-current assets	
 	
	
	
 	
71,476	
101,605 
	
	
	
	
Current assets	
	
	
	
Trade and other receivables	
	
	
	
14	
4,720	
 6,199 
Cash and cash equivalents	
	
	
	
15	
4,117	
 5,208 
Total current assets	
 	
	
	
 	
8,837	
 11,407 
Total assets	
 	
	
	
 	
80,313	
113,012 
	
	
	
	
Non-current liabilities	
	
	
	
Provisions	
	
	
	
18	
1,160	
1,160
Lease liabilities	
	
	
	
19	
4,712	
5,471
Total non-current liabilities	
 	
	
	
 	
5,872	
 6,631 
	
	
	
	
Current liabilities	
	
	
	
Trade and other payables	
	
	
	
20	
6,776	
 7,822 
Provisions	
	
	
	
18	
363	
96
Lease liabilities	
	
	
	
19	
731	
776
Borrowings	
	
	
	
21	
1,964	
2,006
Contract liabilities	
	
	
	
22	
8,367	
 8,868
Total current liabilities	
 	
	
	
 	
18,201	
 19,568 
Total liabilities	
	
	
	
 	
24,073	
 26,199 
	
	
	
	
Capital and reserves attributable to the equity shareholders of the parent	
	
Share capital	
	
	
	
16	
554	
 553 
Share premium	
	
	
	
16	
188,866	
188,802 
Merger reserve	
	
	
	
	
28,035	
 28,035 
Shares to be issued	
	
	
	
17	
3,760	
 3,760 
Share-based payment reserve	
	
	
	
	
5,796	
 7,184 
Other reserve	
	
	
	
	
(5,450)	
 (5,450)
Currency translation reserve	
	
	
	
	
(1,246)	
(5,078)
Accumulated losses	
	
	
	
	
(164,075)	
(130,993)
Total equity 	
 	
	
	
 	
56,240	
86,813
Total equity and liabilities	
 	
	
	
 	
80,313	
113,012 
The above consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
The consolidated financial statements on pages 82 to 115 of Tungsten Corporation plc (registered number 07934335) were authorised 
for issue by the Board of Directors on 29 July 2021 and were signed on its behalf:
Tony Bromovsky 	
Ian Kelly	 	
	
 
Chairman	
Chief Financial Officer	
	
  

	
85
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Year ended 30 April 2021
	
	
	
	
	
Share-
	
	
	
	
Shares	
based	
	
Currency
	
Share 	
Share	
Merger	
to be	
payment	
Other	 translation	 Accumulated	
Total
	
capital	
premium	
reserve	
issued	
reserve	
reserve	
reserve	
losses	
equity
	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
Balance as at 1 May 2020	
553 	
188,802 	
28,035 	
3,760 	
7,184 	
(5,450)	
(5,078)	
(130,993)	
86,813 
Loss for the year	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
(34,686)	
(34,686)
Other comprehensive income 	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
3,832	
–	
3,832
Total comprehensive  
income/(expense) for the year	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
3,832	
(34,686)	
(30,854)
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Transaction with owners in their capacity as owners:
Forfeited vested share-based payments	
–	
–	
–	
–	
(1,604)	
–	
–	
1,604	
–
Share-based payments exercised	
1	
64	
–	
–	
(64)	
–	
–	
–	
1
Share-based payment expense	
–	
–	
–	
–	
280	
–	
–	
–	
280
Transactions with owners	
1	
64	
–	
–	
(1,388)	
–	
–	
1,604	
281
Balance as at 30 April 2021	
554	
188,866	
28,035	
3,760	
5,796	
(5,450)	
(1,246)	
(164,075)	
56,240
Year ended 30 April 2020
	
	
	
	
	
Share- 
	
	
	
	
Shares	
based	
	
Currency
	
Share 	
Share	
Merger	
to be	
payment	
Other	 translation	 Accumulated	
Total
	
capital	
premium	
reserve	
issued	
reserve	
reserve	
reserve	
losses	
equity
	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
Balance as at 1 May 2019 	
 553 	
188,802 	
28,035 	
3,760 	
6,538 	
(5,450)	
(3,963)	
(104,991)	
113,284 
Loss for the year	
– 	
–	
– 	
– 	
– 	
– 	
–	
 (26,002)	
(26,002)
Other comprehensive expense 	
– 	
– 	
– 	
– 	
– 	
–	
(1,115)	
– 	
(1,115)
Total comprehensive  
expense for the year	
– 	
– 	
– 	
– 	
– 	
–	
(1,115)	
(26,002)	
(27,117)
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Transaction with owners in their capacity as owners:
Share-based payment expense	
– 	
– 	
– 	
– 	
646 	
– 	
–	
– 	
646
Transactions with owners	
– 	
– 	
– 	
– 	
646	
– 	
–	
– 	
646
Balance as at 30 April 2020	
553 	
188,802 	
28,035 	
 3,760 	
 7,184	
(5,450)	
(5,078)	
 (130,993)	
86,813 
The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
 

86

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 	
 	
	
	
	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
 	
	
	
	
Note	
£’000	
£’000
Cash flows from operating activities	
	
 	
 
Loss for the year before taxation	
	
	
	
	
(34,623)	
 (25,955)
Adjustments for:	
 	
	
 
Depreciation and amortisation	
	
	
	
5	
4,274	
4,451 
Impairment of goodwill	
	
	
	
12	
26,160	
23,040
Impairment of customer relationships	
	
	
	
12	
100	
–
Impairment of right of use asset	
	
	
	
13	
1,121	
–
Impairment of leasehold improvements	
	
	
	
13	
544	
–
Loss on disposal of intangible assets	
	
	
	
	
99	
612
Loss on disposal of tangible assets	
	
	
	
	
1	
–
Increase/(decrease) in provision for trade receivables	
	
	
	
14	
77	
(840)
Finance costs	
	
	
	
9	
3,083	
2,321
Finance income	
	
	
	
9	
(1,702)	
 (1,910)
Foreign exchange loss/(gain)	
	
	
	
5	
3,275	
(869)
Share-based payment expense	
	
	
	
6,17	
280	
534 
 	
 	
	
 
Changes in working capital:	
 	
	
 
Decrease in trade and other receivables	
	
	
	
	
1,346	
743 
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables and contract liabilities	
	
	
	
	
(1,585)	
 2,112
Increase/(decrease) in provisions	
	
	
	
	
267	
(108)
Cash generated from operations	
 	
	
	
	
2,717	
4,131
Net interest paid	
	
	
	
	
(168)	
 (311)
Net tax (paid)/refunded	
	
	
	
	
(15)	
751 
Net cash inflow from operating activities	
 	
	
	
	
2,534	
 4,571
 	
 	
	
 
Cash flows from investing activities	
 	
	
 
Software development costs	
	
	
	
12	
(2,404)	
 (2,758)
Purchases of other intangibles	
	
	
	
12	
(182)	
 (5)
Purchases of property, plant and equipment	
	
	
	
13	
(24)	
 (199)
Net cash outflow from investing activities	
	
	
	
	
(2,610)	
 (2,962) 
	
	
	
Cash flows from financing activities	
	
	
Lease payments – payments of principal	
	
	
	
19	
(756)	
(743)
Lease payments – payments of interest	
	
	
	
19	
(337)	
(331)
Proceeds from borrowings	
	
	
	
21	
2,000	
1,000
Repayment of borrowings	
	
	
	
21	
(2,000)	
–
Proceeds from issues of shares	
	
	
	
	
65	
–
Net cash outflow from financing activities	
	
	
	
 	
(1,028)	
(74) 
	
	
	
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents	
	
	
	
	
(1,104)	
1,535 
Cash and cash equivalents at start of the year	
	
	
	
	
5,208	
3,810 
Exchange adjustments	
	
	
	
	
13	
 (137) 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year	
	
	
	
15	
4,117	
5,208
 	  	
 	
 
The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

	
87
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. General information
Tungsten Corporation plc (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiaries (together, the ‘Group’) is a global e-invoicing network that offers trade 
finance and spend analytics.
The Company is a public limited company, which is incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The address of its registered 
office is Pountney Hill House, 6 Laurence Pountney Hill, London EC4R 0BL, UK.
All press releases, financial reports and other information are available on our investor relations page of our website:  
www.tungsten-network.com.
These financial statements are for the Group, consisting of the Company and its subsidiaries. 
2. Accounting policies
(a) Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of Tungsten Corporation plc have been prepared in accordance with international accounting 
standard in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act of 2006 (‘IFRS’). These policies have been consistently applied to 
all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost 
convention. 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates.  
The assumptions applied are subjective and management applies judgement in estimating the probability, timing and value of 
underlying cash flows as disclosed in Note 3.
These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented.
(b) Going concern
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The ability of the Company to continue as a going 
concern is contingent on the ongoing viability of the Group. The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through its 
cash balances and also has a bank facility that it can use. The current economic conditions continue to create uncertainty, particularly 
over (a) foreign exchange rates; (b) the level of new sales to new customers; and (c) the continued impact of COVID-19. The Group’s 
forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group expects to 
be able to operate within the level of its current cash resources and bank facilities. Having assessed the principal risks and the other 
matters discussed in connection with the going concern statement, the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing its consolidated financial statements. Further information on the Group’s borrowings and available 
facilities is given in Note 21 to these consolidated financial statements. 
Various sensitivity analyses (including downside and severe downside scenarios) have been performed to reflect a variety of  
possible cash flow scenarios where the Group achieves significantly reduced revenues, and loss of significant contracts for the  
12 months following the date of this Annual Report. Overall, the Directors have prepared cash flow forecasts covering a period  
of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements, which foresee that the Group will be able to operate  
within its existing facilities. 
While the Directors have no reason to believe that customer revenues and receipts will decline to the point that the Group no longer 
has sufficient resources to fund its operations, should this occur, the Group may need to seek additional funding beyond the facilities 
that are currently available to it, as well as making significant reductions in its fixed cost expenses.
(c) Adjusted measure of performance
The Group considers Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA, which is defined as earnings before net finance cost, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation, impairment of goodwill, impairment of intangible assets, impairment of right of use assets, impairment 
of leasehold improvements, loss on disposal of assets, foreign exchange gain or loss, share-based payment expense and exceptional 
items, as the most appropriate measure of the Group’s underlying performance. 
(d) New standards, amendments and interpretations adopted
The Group has adopted the following new or amended IFRSs and IFRIC interpretations from 1 May 2020:
Standard	
	
	
	
	
	 Effective date
Amendment to IFRS 16: ‘Leases Covid-19 Related Rent Concessions’ (issued on 28 May 2020) 	
	
	
	 1 June 2020 
This new standard has not had a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

88

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
2. Accounting policies continued
(e) New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not yet effective:
There are no new standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current 
or future reporting periods. 
(f) Basis of consolidation
Where the Company has control over an investee, it is classified as a subsidiary. The Company controls an investee if all three of the 
following elements are present: power over the investee, exposure to variable returns from the investee, and the ability of the investor 
to use its power to affect those variable returns. Control is reassessed whenever facts and circumstances indicate that there may be a 
change in any of these elements of control. 
De-facto control exists in situations where the Company has the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee without 
holding the majority of the voting rights. In determining whether de-facto control exists the Company considers all relevant facts and 
circumstances, including: 
•	 The size of the Company’s voting rights relative to both the size and dispersion of other parties who hold voting rights. 
•	 Substantive potential voting rights held by the Company and by other parties. 
•	 Other contractual arrangements. 
•	 Historic patterns in voting attendance. 
The consolidated financial statements present the results of the Company and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) as if they formed a single 
entity. Intercompany transactions and balances between Group companies are therefore eliminated in full. 
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of business combinations using the acquisition method. In the statement 
of financial position, the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are initially recognised at their fair values  
at the acquisition date. The results of acquired operations are included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income from 
the date on which control is obtained. They are deconsolidated from the date on which control ceases. 
(g) Revenue
The Group derives revenue from the following sources:
•	 Initial set up fees.
•	 Annual subscription fees, which includes the right to use the Tungsten platform, including ongoing customer support and relevant 
upgrades to the platform as required.
•	 Transaction fees which are based on the number of transactions the customer undertakes. 
The Group’s contractual arrangements contain multiple deliverables or services such as implementation or initial set up services,  
which generally do not involve customisation of the Tungsten Network platform, support services which includes call centre 
assistance, maintenance services and transaction fees. 
The Group assesses whether there are distinct performance obligations at the start of each contract. The Group has identified the 
following separate performance obligations:
•	 Initial set up services – The initial set up services do not require additional development or customisation to the Tungsten Network 
platform and could be performed by an external third party. The transaction price is allocated based on the stand-alone selling price, 
derived from list prices and recognised over time, based on the effort incurred, but limited to the amount to which the Group has  
a right to payment. Estimates of revenues, costs or extent of progress towards completion are revised if circumstances change.  
Any resulting increases or decreases are reflected in the income statement in the period in which the change of assumptions arises. 
•	 Periodic right to use the Tungsten Network platform – In the event that the annual subscription fees contain a right to use the 
platform, there is a right to use element. If there is a right of clawback on the annual right to use, such amounts are recognised 
throughout the period. Where there is no right of clawback, the annual right to use is recognised in full when there is a right of 
collection and collection is relatively assured.
•	 Support services – This represents the stand-alone selling price of the ongoing support and maintenance, which is recognised 
throughout the period as services are delivered.
•	 Transaction fees – This represents the stand-alone selling price of the individual transaction at the point in time the customer 
transacts. If there is evidence that transactions sold, and invoiced, will not be delivered, the revenue is recognised immediately in the 
income statement. 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

	
89
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
Revenue related to contract liabilities
Revenue related to contract liabilities is revenue invoiced to customers where the relevant performance obligation has not been 
delivered.  
(h) Employee benefits 
Defined contribution plans
The Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension plans. The Group has no further payment obligations once 
the contributions have been paid. Contributions are recognised in the income statement as an employee benefit expense in the period 
in which they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future 
payments is available.
Share-based payments
Where share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the options at the date of grant is charged to the income statement 
over the vesting period. Non-market performance conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments 
expected to vest at each Statement of Financial Position date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting 
period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. Market performance conditions are factored into the fair value of the 
options granted. The cumulative expense is not adjusted for failure to achieve a market performance condition. 
The fair value of the award also takes into account non-vesting conditions. These are either factors beyond the control of either party 
(such as a target based on an index) or factors which are within the control of one or other of the parties (such as the Group keeping 
the scheme open or the employee maintaining any contributions required by the scheme). 
Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, measured 
immediately before and after the modification, is also charged to the income statement over the remaining vesting period.
Where options are cancelled within the vesting period, the remaining cost of the options is accelerated and charged to the income 
statement in the year.
The value of share-based payment is taken directly to reserves and the charge for the period is recorded in the income statement. 
Tungsten’s scheme, which awards shares in the parent entity, includes recipients who are employees in subsidiaries. In the 
consolidated Financial Statements, the transaction is treated as an equity-settled share-based payment, as the subsidiary has 
received services in consideration for Tungsten’s equity instruments. An expense is recognised in the consolidated Group income 
statement for the fair value of share-based payment over the vesting year, with a credit recognised in equity. 
In the subsidiaries’ financial statements, the awards, in proportion to the recipients who are employees in said subsidiary, are  
treated as an equity-settled share-based payment, as the subsidiaries do not have an obligation to settle the award. An expense  
for the grant date fair value of the award is recognised over the vesting period, with a credit recognised in equity. The credit is treated 
as a capital contribution, as the parent company is compensating the subsidiaries’ employees with no cost to the subsidiaries as there 
is no expectation to recharge the cost. In the parent company’s financial statements, there is no share-based payment charge where 
the recipients are employed by a subsidiary, with the parent company recognising an increase in the investment in the subsidiaries as 
a capital contribution from the parent and a credit to equity.
Cash settled share-based payments are recognised as an expense in the income statement with a corresponding credit to liabilities.
(i) Foreign currency translation
The functional currency of the Company is pounds sterling as that is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the 
Company operates. The Group’s presentation currency is pounds sterling.
Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of transaction. 
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange 
rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the consolidated income statement.
Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings and cash and cash equivalents are presented in the consolidated income 
statement within finance income or costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the consolidated income 
statement within ‘operating expenses’.

90

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
2. Accounting policies continued
(i) Foreign currency translation continued
Group companies
The results and financial position of Group entities that have a functional currency other than sterling are translated into sterling  
as follows:
•	 Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the balance sheet date.
•	 Income and expenses are translated at the exchange rate prevailing on the transaction date.
All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.
The following exchange rates were applied: 
	
	
	
	
	
As at 	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
Closing rates:	
	
United States Dollar	
	
	
	
	
1.3955	
1.2440
Euro	
	
	
	
	
1.1500	
1.1479
Mexican Peso	
	
	
	
	
27.7630	
30.2115
Bulgarian Lev	
	
	
	
	
2.2491	
2.2450
Malaysian Ringgit	
	
	
	
	
5.7252	
5.4239
Swiss Franc	
	
	
	
	
1.2684	
1.2109
Indian Rupee	
	
	
	
	
103.7142	
94.8770
	
	
Average rates:	
	
United States Dollar	
	
	
	
	
1.3167	
1.2690
Euro	
	
	
	
	
1.1213	
1.1437
Mexican Peso	
	
	
	
	
27.9487	
25.0773
Bulgarian Lev	
	
	
	
	
2.1932	
2.2378
Malaysian Ringgit	
	
	
	
	
5.4742	
5.3049
Swiss Franc	
	
	
	
	
1.2110	
1.2480
Indian Rupee	
	
	
	
	
97.6343	
90.7460
(j) Finance income and costs
Finance costs comprise interest payable on borrowings and foreign exchange loss on the revaluation of intercompany loans. Finance 
income comprises interest receivable on funds invested, and foreign exchange gains on the revaluation of intercompany loans. 
Interest income and expenses are recognised on a time apportioned basis, using the effective interest method.
(k) Exceptional items 
Items which are both material and considered by the Directors to be unusual in nature are separately disclosed on the face of the 
consolidated income statement.
(l) Current and deferred income tax
Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates 
to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous 
years. Current tax is calculated using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the financial statements.
The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill; the initial recognition of other assets or 
liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit; and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that the 
timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is calculated using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted 
at the balance sheet date.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

	
91
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the 
asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are not recognised to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will 
be realised.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against  
current tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation 
authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.
(m) Research and development tax credit
The Group as a whole (and companies, individually, within the Group) may be entitled to claim special tax allowances in relation  
to qualifying research and development expenditure (e.g. R&D tax credits). The Group and Company accounts for such allowances as 
tax credits, and they are recognised when it is probable that benefit will flow to the Group and that benefit can be reliably measured. 
R&D tax credits reduce current tax expense and, to the extent the amounts due in respect to them are not settled by the balance 
sheet date, reduce current tax payable. 
(n) Business combinations
The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition 
of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity 
interests issued by the Group. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination 
are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. 
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
(o) Property, plant and equipment
Owned assets
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost or deemed cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. 
Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its 
intended use. When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, those components are accounted for 
as separate items of property, plant and equipment.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is 
probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured 
reliably.
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised in the  
income statement.
Depreciation
Depreciation is charged to the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each item  
of property, plant and equipment. The estimated useful lives are as follows:
•	 Leasehold improvements: depreciated over term of lease.
•	 Furniture and fittings: 3 to 5 years.
•	 Computer equipment: 2 to 5 years.
The residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.

92

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
2. Accounting policies continued
(p) Leases
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right of use  
asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases 
(defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets (where the underlying asset has a value of less 
than $5,000). For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the lease. 
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the future lease payments, discounted using the rate implicit in the lease. 
If this rate cannot be readily determined, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate. The lease liability is subsequently measured 
by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the effective interest method) and by reducing the 
carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made. 
The right of use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at or before the 
commencement day, and initial direct costs, less lease incentives received. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses. 
Whenever the Group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it is located or 
restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is recognised and measured 
under IAS 37. To the extent that the costs relate to a right of use asset, the costs are included in the related right of use asset. 
Right of use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and the useful life of the underlying asset. 
Leases for which the Group is a lessor are classified as finance or operating leases. Whenever the terms of the lease transfer 
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee, the contract is classified as a finance lease. All other leases are 
classified as operating leases. 
When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for the head lease and the sublease as two separate contracts. The sublease  
is classified as a finance or operating lease by reference to the right of use asset arising from the head lease. The Group has classified 
all of its subleases as operating leases and the rental income is recognised in the income statement in operating expenses on  
a straight-line basis over the lease term.
The carrying value of right of use assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date. Any changes in assumptions in relation to the terms 
of a lease such as agreed rent reviews or change in expectation of the duration of the lease are adjusted by revaluing the associated 
lease liability and adjusting both the lease liability and the right of use asset by the same value. The right of use assets are also 
reviewed for signs of impairment and, where required, an impairment charge is made to the income statement.
If the Group has substantially transferred all the risks and rewards of the lease, a sublease leads to the de-recognition of the right  
of use asset and the recognition of an investment receivable in respect of this sublease. If the Group has not substantially transferred 
the lease, the Group retains its right of use asset. The lease liability remains in respect of the head lease as a lease liability on the 
balance sheet.
(q) Intangible assets 
Goodwill
Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the fair value of the non-controlling 
interest over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If this consideration is lower than the fair value of the net 
assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised immediately in the income statement.
Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential 
impairment. The carrying value of goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the goodwill 
has been allocated, which is the higher of value in use and the fair value less costs of disposal. Any impairment is recognised 
immediately as an expense and is not subsequently reversed.
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination
Acquired intangible assets include customer relationships and an IT platform acquired in a business combination. Acquired intangible 
assets are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date and are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives  
as follows:
•	 Customer relationships: 20 years.
•	 IT platform: 5 to 7 years.
Impairment reviews are undertaken if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. Any impairment is 
recognised immediately as an expense and is not subsequently reversed.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

	
93
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
Software
Costs associated with maintaining software programmes are recognised as an expense as incurred. Development costs that are 
directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group are recognised  
as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:
•	 It is technically feasible to complete the software product so that it will be available for use.
•	 Management intends to complete the software product and use or sell it.
•	 There is an ability to use or sell the software product.
•	 It can be demonstrated how the software product will generate probable future economic benefits.
•	 Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software product are available.
•	 The expenditure attributable to the software product during its development can be reliably measured.
Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred.
Development costs for incomplete software are recognised as software development under construction in the balance sheet  
and are not amortised as these assets are not yet available for use.
Development costs for completed software are recognised as software in the balance sheet and are amortised over their estimated 
useful lives of between 3 to 5 years.
Acquired software licences are capitalised at the costs incurred to acquire and bring into use the specific software. Software licence 
costs are amortised over their estimated useful lives, which do not exceed five years. 
(r) Financial assets and financial liabilities
Non-derivative financial instruments
Non-derivative financial instruments comprise trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, loans and borrowings, and 
trade and other payables.
Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised  
cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form  
an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose only  
of the cash flow statement.
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.
(s) Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are  
subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes 
of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating 
units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each 
reporting date.

94

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
2. Accounting policies continued
(t) Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business and are 
generally classified as current. Non-current receivables relate to loan receivables from employees.
Trade receivables are recognised initially at the amount of consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing 
components, in which case they are recognised at fair value. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying value of current receivables  
is considered to be same as the fair value.
The Group applies IFRS 9’s simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a 12-month expected credit loss 
approach for all trade receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been analysed based on the days 
past due and those balances in query. The expected credit loss rates are based on management expectation derived from default 
rates for invoices raised in the prior year and taking into account collection actions and forward-looking information on economic 
factors affecting future expected settlement.
(u) Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially stated at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost.
(v) Provisions
A provision is recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that 
the obligation will have to be settled, and the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated. Provisions are measured at the 
present value of the amount required to settle the obligation.
(w) Borrowings
Borrowings are presented as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 months 
after the balance sheet date. 
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred and carried subsequently at amortised cost.
(x) Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.
(y) Reserves
The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:
Reserve	
Description and purpose
Share premium	
Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value.
Merger reserve	
Represents the difference between the fair value and the nominal value of shares issued  
on the acquisition of subsidiary companies where the Company has elected to take advantage 
of merger relief. 
Shares to be issued	
Shares for which consideration has been received but which are not yet issued.
Share-based payment reserve	
Accumulated share-based payment charges relating to outstanding awards.
Other reserve	
The difference between the premium on the Tungsten Corporation plc ordinary shares issued 
in exchange for the Tungsten Corporation Guernsey Limited ordinary B shares.
Currency translation reserve	
Represents gains/losses arising on retranslating the net assets of overseas operations  
into sterling.
Accumulated losses	
All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners not recognised elsewhere.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

	
95
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
3. Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported value of assets and liabilities, income and expense. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates or judgements of likely outcome. Management have identified the following judgements 
and key sources of estimation uncertainty that could potentially result in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year: 
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
The Group has carried out an impairment review of the Tungsten Network cash generating unit (‘CGU’) and recognised an impairment 
loss on goodwill in the year. The recoverable amount of the CGU is based on estimates of future cash flows discounted using an 
appropriate discount rate. Estimates of future cash flows are inherently uncertain as the long-term impact of the COVID-19 pandemic 
on the general economy is unclear. To take account of this uncertainty, management have used the “expected cash flow approach” 
which involves probability weighting several alternate scenarios.
It is possible that changes in economic conditions or deviations in actual performance from forecast could result in a material 
adjustment to the carrying value of the CGU within the next financial year. The key estimates made by management are set out in  
Note 12. The information in Note 12 given on each scenario also provides an indication of the amount of any further impairment for 
other reasonably possible outcomes.
The Group also impaired the customer relationships intangible asset due to the loss of a major customer in the year. The impairment 
reflected the revenue share of the customer in the original calculation of the customer relationship asset.
Impairment of right of use assets
The Group has carried out an impairment review of the right of use assets and recognised an impairment loss in the year. The right of 
use assets are office leases. Where the offices are vacant or part vacant, estimates of void periods before the offices are sub-let, the 
ongoing estimate of future voids and proportion of rental cost that will be covered by the sub-lettings are made and the right of use 
asset impaired proportionately. Estimates of future sub-lettings are inherently uncertain as the long-term impact of the COVID-19 
pandemic on the general economy is unclear. To take account of this uncertainty, management has assumed a weak recovery in the 
sub-letting market.
It is possible that changes in economic conditions or deviations in actual performance of the property market could result in a material 
adjustment to the carrying value of the right of use assets within the next financial year. The key estimates made by management are 
set out in Note 13.
Impairment of leasehold improvements
The Group has carried out an impairment review of the leasehold improvements asset and recognised an impairment loss in the year. 
Where the offices are vacant or part vacant, the value in use of the leasehold improvements have been fully impaired as they have no 
economic value.
The key estimates made by management are set out in Note 13.
Revenue recognition
The Group recognises revenue in respect of e-invoicing related services over the period the services are provided. Where buyer 
transactions are paid for but not processed, a contract liability is recorded according to contractual terms representing the anticipated 
period for transactions being processed. 
Management reviews the historical record of transactions used under each contract and adjusts the contract liability to reflect the 
delivery of obligations and the associated revenue to be recognised. This estimate affects contract liabilities (see Note 22). 
Going concern
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. In reaching their assessment, the Directors have 
considered a period extending at least 12 months from the date of approval of this financial report. This assessment has included 
consideration of the forecast performance of the business for the foreseeable future, the cash and financing facilities available to the 
Group, and the repayment terms in respect of the Group’s borrowings.
Capitalisation of development costs
Projects under development are capitalised if management intend to complete the project, it is technically feasible to do so and the 
carrying value of the software is supported by expected future benefits.  
Exceptional items
The classification of exceptional items requires significant management judgement to determine the nature and intentions  
of a transaction. Details of exceptional items are shown in Note 7.

96

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
4. Segment report 
The Executive Committee has been identified as the Chief Operating Decision-Maker (CODM), reviewing the Group’s internal reporting 
on a monthly basis in order to assess performance and allocate resources. 
The CODM reviews financial information for three segments: Tungsten Network (which includes the e-invoicing and spend analytics 
business of Tungsten Network), Tungsten Network Finance and Tungsten Corporate (which includes Tungsten Corporation plc and 
Tungsten Corporation Guernsey’s overheads and general corporate costs). Intersegment revenue from management fees and other 
intersegment charges are eliminated below.
The CODM analyses the financial performance of the business on the basis of segment Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA 
which is an adjusted profit measure which reflects loss before finance income and costs, taxation, depreciation, amortisation, loss on 
disposal of assets, foreign exchange gains and losses, share-based payment expense and exceptional items.
The most directly comparable IFRS measure to segment Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA is operating loss for the period. 
Management utilises Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA to monitor performance as it illustrates the underlying performance 
of the business by excluding items management consider to be not reflective of the underlying trading operations of the Group or 
adding items which are reflective of the overall trading operations, as applicable. 
Year ended 30 April 2021
	
	
	
	
Tungsten
	
	
	
Tungsten 	
Network
	
	
	
Network	
Finance	
Corporate	
Total
	
	
 	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
Segment revenue	
	
	
36,102	
14	
–	
36,116
	
	
	
	
	
Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA1	
	
	
9,478	
(48)	
(4,735)	
4,695
	
	
	
	
	
Depreciation and amortisation	
	
	
(3,514)	
–	
(760)	
(4,274)
Loss on disposal of assets	
	
	
(99)	
–	
–	
(99)
Impairment of goodwill	
	
	
(26,160)	
–	
–	
(26,160)
Impairment of customer relationships	
	
	
(100)	
–	
–	
(100)
Impairment of right of use asset	
	
	
(1,121)	
–	
–	
(1,121)
Impairment of leasehold improvements	
	
	
–	
–	
(544)	
(544)
Foreign exchange (loss)/gain	
	
	
(3,314)	
23	
16	
(3,275)
Share-based payment credit/(expense)	
	
	
51	
7	
(338)	
(280)
Exceptional items	
	
	
(1,455)	
8	
(637)	
(2,084)
Finance income	
	
	
1,372	
–	
330	
1,702
Finance costs	
 	
	
(1,738)	
–	
(1,345)	
(3,083)
Loss before taxation	
	
	
(26,600)	
(10)	
(8,013)	
(34,623)
Income tax charge	
 	
	
	
	
	
(63)
Loss for the year	
 	
	
	
	
	
(34,686)
	
	
	
	
	
As at 30 April 2021	
	
	
	
	
Capital expenditure 	
	
	
2,642	
–	
–	
2,642
Total assets	
	
	
74,205	
14	
6,094	
80,313
Total liabilities	
 	
	
16,360	
271	
7,442	
24,073
1	 Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA is calculated as earnings before net finance cost, tax, depreciation and amortisation (which includes lease costs), 
impairment of goodwill, impairment of intangible assets impairment of right of use assets, impairment of leasehold improvements, loss on disposal of assets, 
foreign exchange gain or loss, share-based payment expense and exceptional items.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

	
97
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
Year ended 30 April 2020
	
	
	
	
Tungsten
	
	
	
Tungsten 	
Network
	
	
	
Network	
Finance	
Corporate	
Total
	
 	
	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
Segment revenue	
	
	
36,288	
524	
–	
36,812
	
	
	
	
	
Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA1	
	
	
8,582	
(986)	
(3,853)	
3,743
	
	
	
	
	
Depreciation and amortisation	
	
	
(3,599)	
(87)	
(765)	
(4,451)
Loss on disposal of assets	
	
	
(1)	
(611)	
–	
(612)
Impairment of goodwill	
	
	
(23,040)	
–	
–	
(23,040)
	
	
	
	
	
Foreign exchange gain	
	
	
828	
40	
1	
869
Share-based payment (expense)/credit	
	
	
(146)	
7	
(395)	
(534)
Exceptional items	
	
	
(479)	
(233)	
(807)	
(1,519)
Finance income	
	
	
1,195	
–	
715	
1,910
Finance costs	
 	
	
(1,555)	
–	
(766)	
(2,321)
(Loss) before taxation	
	
	
(18,215)	
(1,870)	
(5,870)	
(25,955)
Income tax charge	
 	
	
	
	
	
(47)
Loss for the year	
 	
 	
 	
 	
	
(26,002)
	
	
	
	
	
As at 30 April 2020	
	
	
	
	
Capital expenditure 	
	
	
2,822	
–	
140	
2,962
Total assets	
	
	
105,255	
193	
7,564	
113,012
Total liabilities	
 	
	
14,652	
732	
10,815	
26,199
1	 Adjusted (excluding lease payments) EBITDA is calculated as earnings before net finance cost, tax, depreciation and amortisation (which includes lease costs), 
impairment of goodwill, impairment of intangible assets, impairment of right of use assets, impairment of leasehold improvements, loss on disposal of assets, 
foreign exchange gain or loss, share-based payment expense and exceptional items.
Revenue by category
The Group’s revenue by category is detailed below.
Revenue from  
external customers
 	
	
	
	
 	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
 	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Recurring revenue – Subscriptions 	
	
	
	
	
18,966	
19,584
Repeatable revenue – Transactions and Archiving	
	
	
	
	
14,574	
14,405
Recurring and repeatable revenue	
	
	
	
	
33,540	
33,989
Other revenue	
	
	
	
	
2,576	
2,823
Total revenue	
 	
	
	
	
36,116	
36,812
 	  	
 	
 

98

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
4. Segment report continued
Geographical information
The Group’s revenue from external customers and non-current assets by geographical location is detailed below. Revenue by 
geographical location is allocated based on the location in which the sale originated.
Revenue from  
external customers
	
	
	
 	
 	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
 	
	
£’000	
£’000
United Kingdom 	
	
	
	
	
18,322	
18,538
United States of America	
	
	
	
	
14,643	
15,203
Rest of Europe	
	
	
	
	
1,754	
1,674
Malaysia	
	
	
	
	
1,397	
1,397 
Total 	
 	
	
	
	
36,116	
 36,812
 	  	
 	
 
Non-current assets are allocated based on the geographical location of those assets and exclude other financial assets, loans 
receivables and deferred tax.
Non-current assets
	
	
	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
United Kingdom 	
	
	
	
	
69,072	
97,128
United States of America	
	
	
	
	
2,363	
4,255
Malaysia	
	
	
	
	
41	
222 
Total 	
 	
	
	
	
71,476	
101,605
5. Operating expenses 
	
	
	
 	
 	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
 	
Note	
£’000	
£’000
Staff costs 	
	
	
	
6	
15,845	
16,524
Professional support	
	
	
	
	
7,386	
8,153
Office costs	
	
	
	
	
1,021	
1,224
IT costs	
	
	
	
	
4,071	
4,081
Marketing costs	
	
	
	
	
1,178	
1,382
Travel and entertainment	
	
	
	
	
12	
915
Exceptional items	
	
	
	
7	
2,084	
1,519
Amortisation	
	
	
	
12	
3,102	
3,233
Depreciation	
	
	
	
13	
1,172	
1,218
Impairment of goodwill	
	
	
	
12	
26,160	
23,040
Impairment of customer relationships	
	
	
	
12	
100	
–
Impairment of right of use asset	
	
	
	
13	
1,121	
–
Impairment of leasehold improvements	
	
	
	
13	
544	
–
Loss on disposal of intangible assets	
	
	
	
12	
99	
612
Foreign exchange loss/ (gain) 	
	
	
	
	
3,275	
(869)
Other operating expenses	
	
	
	
	
2,188	
1,324
Total operating expenses	
	
	
	
 	
69,358	
62,356
	
 	
 	
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

	
99
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
6. Employee benefits expenses
	
	
	
 	
 	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
 	
Note	
£’000	
£’000
Wages and salaries	
	
	
	
	
13,050	
13,459
Social security costs 	
	
	
	
	
1,465	
1,479
Pension – defined contribution	
	
	
	
	
1,050	
1,052
Share-based payment expense	
	
	
	
17	
280	
534 
Total employee benefits expenses	
	
	
	
 	
15,845	
16,524
The total share-based payment charge is £280,000 (2020: £646,000). The total charge includes movements in employment taxes 
connected with the share-based payment.
	
	
	
 	
 	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
Number of employees	
	
	
The yearly average number of people employed:	
	
 	
 
Tungsten Network 	
	
	
	
	
246	
267
Tungsten Network Finance	
	
	
	
	
2	
13
Corporate	
	
	
	
	
12	
9 
Total average headcount 	
 	
	
	
	
260	
289
Refer to Note 24 for details of remuneration in respect of key management.
7. Exceptional items
	
	
	
 	
 	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
 	
	
£’000	
£’000
Restructuring costs1	
	
	
	
	
1,498	
916
Board operating review2	
	
	
	
	
391	
434 
Professional advice3	
	
	
	
	
118	
135
COVID-19 related staff costs	
	
	
	
	
77	
34
Total exceptional items	
 	
	
	
	
2,084	
1,519
1	 Restructuring costs consist of contract terminations and other redundancy costs. 
2	 An operating review Committee was initiated by the Board. This covers a comprehensive review of Tungsten’s market, products, operation and cost base.  
This Committee has appointed consultants to perform parts of the review. 
3	 Professional advice consists of one off professional fees in relation to additional costs related to COVID-19.
 
8. Auditor’s remuneration
During the year the Group (including overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from its auditor and their associates:
	
	
	
 	
 	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
 	
	
£’000	
£’000
Audit of the Parent Company and the consolidated accounts	
	
	
	
	
81	
70
Audit of subsidiary financial statements	
	
	
	
	
88	
76
Audit-related assurance services 	
	
	
	
	
28	
24
Total auditor’s remuneration	
 	
	
	
	
197	
170

100

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
9. Finance income and costs
	
	
	
 	
 	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
 	
	
£’000	
£’000
Finance income 	
	
 	
 
Interest income on short-term deposits	
	
	
	
	
1	
3
Foreign exchange gains on financing activities	
	
	
	
	
1,701	
1,907
Total finance income	
 	
	
	
	
1,702	
1,910
	
	
	
Finance costs	
 	
	
Interest expense and bank charges	
 	
	
	
	
(335)	
(320) 
Interest expense on lease liabilities (Note 19)	
	
	
	
	
(337)	
(331)
Foreign exchange losses on financing activities	
 	
	
	
	
(2,411)	
 (1,670)
Total finance costs	
 	
	
	
	
(3,083)	
 (2,321)
Net finance costs	
 	
	
	
	
(1,381)	
 (411)
10. Taxation
The tax charge for the year comprises:
	
	
	
 	
 	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
 	
	
£’000	
£’000
Current tax 
UK current tax	
	
	
	
	
–	
–
UK adjustment in respect of prior periods	
	
	
	
	
–	
(1)
Foreign current tax	
	
	
	
	
63	
50
Deferred tax 	
	
	
Deferred tax – current year	
	
	
	
	
–	
(2)
Total tax charge	
 	
	
	
	
63	
 47
 	
 	
	
 
Tax reconciliation	
	
	
Loss before tax	
	
	
	
	
(34,623)	
(25,955) 
Loss before tax at the standard rate of UK corporation tax 19% (2020: 19%)	 	
	
	
	
(6,578)	
(4,931)
Differences in overseas tax rates	
	
	
	
	
(217)	
(100)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes	
	
	
	
	
6,293	
4,654
Tax losses for which no deferred tax asset was recognised	
	
	
	
	
565	
424
Total tax charge	
 	
	
	
	
63	
 47
The standard rate of corporation tax in the UK is 19%. 
Deferred tax
Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses carried forward to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through 
future taxable profits is considered more likely than not. The Group has unrecognised deferred tax assets of £21.3 million (2020: £20.2 
million) in respect of losses that can be carried forward against future taxable income for the period between one year and an indefinite 
period of time. 
No deferred tax is related to components of other comprehensive income.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

	
101
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
11. Loss per share
Basic and diluted loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to the ordinary shareholders by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.
Loss per share attributable to the equity holders of the parent during the year: 
	
Year ended 30 April 2021	
	
Year ended 30 April 2020
	
	
	
Loss	
	
	
Loss
	
Loss	
Shares	
per share	
Loss	
Shares	
per share
	
£’000	
‘000	
p	
£’000	
‘000	
p
Basic and diluted	
(34,686)	
126,157	
(27.49)	
(26,002)	
126,088 	
(20.62)
The Group has made a loss in the current and previous years and therefore the share options are anti-dilutive. As a result, diluted 
earnings per share is presented on the same basis for both periods shown.
12. Intangible assets
As at 30 April 2021
	
	
	
	
	
Software
	
	
	
	
	 development
	
	
Customer	
	
	
under
	
Goodwill	 relationships	
IT platform	
Software	 construction	
Total
 	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
Cost
Balance at 1 May 2020	
99,128 	
11,121 	
7,307 	
11,503	
2,260	
131,319
Additions	
–	
–	
–	
182	
2,404	
2,586
Reclassification	
–	
–	
–	
2,776	
(2,776)	
–
Disposal	
–	
–	
–	
–	
(99)	
(99)
Exchange differences	
(380)	
(14)	
(328)	
(58)	
(26)	
(806)
Balance at 30 April 2021	
 98,748	
11,107	
6,979	
14,403	
1,763	
133,000
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Balance at 1 May 2020	
23,040 	
3,717	
7,022	
3,786	
– 	
37,565
Charge for the year 	
–	
550	
281	
2,271	
–	
3,102
Impairment charge (Note 5)	
26,160	
100	
–	
–	
–	
26,260
Disposal	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–
Exchange differences	
(68)	
(13)	
(327)	
(30)	
–	
(438)
Balance at 30 April 2021	
 49,132	
4,354	
6,976	
6,027	
–	
66,489
Net book value
As at 1 May 2020	
76,088	
7,404	
285	
7,717	
2,260	
 93,754
As at 30 April 2021	
49,616	
6,753	
3	
8,376	
1,763	
66,511

102

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
12. Intangible assets continued
As at 30 April 2020
	
	
	
	
	
Software
	
	
	
	
	 development
	
	
Customer	
	
	
under	
Total
	
Goodwill	 relationships	
IT platform	
Software	 construction	
restated
 	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
Cost
Balance at 1 May 2019	
98,997 	
11,116 	
 7,194	
 8,202	
3,624 	
 129,133 
Additions	
– 	
– 	
– 	
 5	
2,758	
 2,763 
Reclassification	
–	
–	
–	
4,117	
(4,117)	
–
Disposal	
–	
–	
–	
(837)	
–	
(837)
Exchange differences	
131 	
5	
113	
16	
(5)	
260
Balance at 30 April 2020	
 99,128 	
 11,121 	
 7,307 	
11,503	
2,260	
131,319
Accumulated amortisation and impairment
Balance at 1 May 2019	
– 	
 3,153 	
 6,084 	
 2,166 	
– 	
 11,403 
Charge for the year	
– 	
 560 	
834	
1,837	
– 	
3,231
Impairment charge (Note 5)	
23,040	
–	
–	
–	
–	
23,040
Disposal	
–	
–	
–	
(225)	
–	
(225)
Exchange differences	
– 	
 4	
104	
8	
– 	
116
Balance at 30 April 2020	
 23,040 	
3,717	
7,022	
3,786	
– 	
37,565
Net book value
As at 1 May 2019	
98,997 	
7,963	
1,110	
6,036	
3,624	
117,730
As at 30 April 2020	
76,088	
7,404	
285	
7,717	
2,260	
93,754
Impairment testing is carried out at cash generating unit (CGU) level on an annual basis and when there are indicators of impairment. 
The following is a summary of the goodwill allocation for each reporting segment:
	
	
	
 	
 	
As at 	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
 	
	
£’000	
£’000
Tungsten Network	
	
	
	
	
49,616	
 76,088
Total goodwill	
 	
	
	
	
49,616	
 76,088
During the year the Group’s share price declined and management are now projecting lower revenue growth than that used in last 
year’s impairment assessment. At the half year, the Group reassessed the recoverability of goodwill on the Tungsten Network CGU 
and this resulted in an impairment of goodwill of £26.2 million where the Group estimated the recoverable amount of the Tungsten 
Network CGU at £73.9 million against a carrying value of £100.1 million leading to a £26.2 million impairment. The analysis performed is 
summarised as follows: 
	
	
Annual	
	
	
revenue 	
Annual	
	
Headroom/
	
	
growth	
cost growth	
Value in use	
(impairment)	
Scenario	
	 FY22 to FY25	 FY22 to FY25	
£ million	
£ million	
Probability
Upside	
	
9% to 12%	
1% to 5%	
116.1	
15.9	
12%
Base case	
	
5% to 8%	
2% to 3%	
89.2	
(10.9)	
50%
Downside	
	
–1% to 3%	
–3% to 2%	
43.5	
(56.6)	
28%
Severe downside	
	
–2% to 0%	
–4% to 1%	
32.7	
(67.5)	
10%
Probability weighted average	
	
	
	
73.9	
(26.2)	
100%
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

	
103
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
The single most likely scenario assumed revenue growth of 5.0% in FY22 rising to 8.0% in FY25 (2020: 8.0%). The other key 
assumptions used were:
•	 Post-tax discount rate of 11% (2020: 11%) equivalent to a pre-tax discount rate of 14.5% (2020: 14.5%). An increase of 0.5% in the 
post-tax discount rate would result in a £4.4 million reduction in value in use, increasing impairment to £30.6 million.
•	 Long-term growth rate of 2.0% (2020: 2.0%). An increase of 1% in the long-term growth rate would result in an £8.7 million reduction 
in impairment to £17.5 million.
At the year end, the estimate of the recoverable amount of the Tungsten Network CGU was £79.3 million against a carrying value of 
£70.8 million. There has been an improvement in the value compared to the half year due to improvements in expected future sales 
performance given activity in the second half of the financial year, and sharper management of the Group’s cost base providing 
a stronger position on which to model future cash flows. In addition, the carrying value of the CGU assets has reduced due to 
impairments of customer relationships, leasehold improvements and right of use assets, providing additional headroom.
Again, the recoverable amounts were estimated using a value-in-use model by projecting cash flows for the next five years together 
with a terminal value using a growth rate. The five-year projections used in the model are based on the Board approved budget which 
took into account the anticipated impact of COVID-19 on FY22 performance. Furthermore, given the uncertainty involved in predicting 
the longer-term effect of the pandemic on the general economy, management developed expectations of future performance under  
a range of scenarios with different levels of future revenue growth. The value in use was estimated by probability weighting the value  
in use under each scenario as summarised below: 
	
	
Annual
	
	
revenue	
Annual	
	
Headroom/
	
	
growth 	 cost growth	
Value in use	
(impairment)	
Scenario	
	 FY22 to FY26	 FY22 to FY26	
£ million	
£ million	
Probability
Upside	
	
5% to 12%	
1% to 10%	
123.8	
53.0	
12%
Base case	
	
4% to 9%	
0% to 10%	
104.2	
33.4	
50%
Downside	
	
–4% to 5%	
1% to 5%	
36.4	
(34.4)	
28%
Severe downside	
	
–5% to 2%	
0% to 3%	
21.8	
(49.0)	
10%
Probability weighted average	
 	
	
	
79.3	
8.5	
100%
The single most likely scenario assumed revenue growth of 3.8% in FY22 then 8.0% per annum thereafter (2020: 8.0%). The other  
key assumptions used were:
•	 Post-tax discount rate of 11% (2020: 11%) equivalent to a pre-tax discount rate of 14.5% (2020: 14.5%). An increase of 0.5% in the 
post-tax discount rate would result in a £4.6 million reduction in value in use to give £3.9 million headroom.
•	 Long-term growth rate of 2.0% (2020: 2.0%). An increase of 1% in the long-term growth rate would result in a £8.0 million increase  
in headroom.
However, taking account of IAS 36 impairment of assets, where goodwill impairments cannot be reversed, the £8.5 million difference 
represents headroom over the carrying value. The total impairment for the year was £26,160,000 (2020: £23,040,000).

104

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
13. Property, plant and equipment
As at 30 April 2021
	
	
Right of 	
Leasehold	
Fixtures	
Computer
	
	
use assets	improvements	
and fittings	
equipment	
Total
 	
	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
Cost	
	
	
	
	
	
Balance at 1 May 2020	
	
9,853 	
2,342	
298	
795	
13,288
Additions	
	
32	
–	
1	
23	
56
Disposals	
	
(372)	
(215)	
(13)	
–	
(600)
Exchange differences	
	
(117)	
(17)	
(13)	
(36)	
(183)
Balance at 30 April 2021	
	
9,396	
2,110	
273	
782	
12,561
	
	
	
	
	
	
Accumulated depreciation	
	
	
	
	
	
Balance at 1 May 2020	
	
4,335 	
958 	
233	
666	
6,192
Charge for the year	
	
818	
228	
32	
94	
1,172
Impairment of assets	
	
1,121	
544	
–	
–	
1,665
Disposals	
	
(372)	
(215)	
(12)	
–	
(599)
Exchange differences	
	
(91)	
(12)	
(11)	
(33)	
(147)
Balance at 30 April 2021	
	
5,811	
1,503	
242	
727	
8,283
	
	
	
	
	
	
Net book value	
	
	
	
	
	
At 1 May 2020	
	
5,518 	
1,384	
65 	
129	
7,096
At 30 April 2021	
	
3,585	
607	
31	
55	
4,278
The Group has estimated the recoverable amount of the right of use assets at £3.6 million resulting in an impairment of £1.1 million. 
The impairment reflects that there are a number of vacant floors within our leased properties which are currently vacant or sublet for 
part of the remaining period of our lease. Due to the current market, it has been assumed that these floors will be vacant for 18 months 
before being sublet on alternating periods of 24 months let and 18 months vacant at 83% of the Company’s rent payable. The right of 
use asset is impaired proportionately. Leasehold improvements for the sub-let and vacant floors have been fully impaired in the year.
As at 30 April 2020
	
	
Right of	
Leasehold	
Fixtures	
Computer
	
	
 use assets	improvements	
and fittings	
equipment	
Total
 	
	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
Cost	
	
	
	
	
	
Balance at 1 May 2019	
	
– 	
3,409 	
278	
750	
4,437
Impact of IFRS 16	
	
9,824 	
(1,205)	
–	
–	
8,619
Additions	
	
– 	
140	
17	
42	
199
Disposals	
	
– 	
–	
(1)	
(3)	
(4)
Exchange differences	
	
29 	
(2)	
4	
6	
37
Balance at 30 April 2020	
	
9,853	
2,342	
298	
795	
13,288
	
	
	
	
	
	
Accumulated depreciation	
	
	
	
	
	
Balance at 1 May 2019	
	
– 	
1,199 	
183	
549	
1,931
Impact of IFRS 16	
	
3,459	
(434)	
–	
–	
3,025
Charge for the year	
	
860	
195	
49	
114	
1,218
Disposals	
	
–	
–	
(1)	
(3)	
(4)
Exchange differences	
	
16	
(2)	
2	
6	
22
Balance at 30 April 2020	
	
4,335	
958	
233	
666	
6,192
	
	
	
	
	
	
Net book value	
	
	
	
	
	
At 1 May 2019	
	
– 	
2,210 	
95 	
201 	
2,506 
At 30 April 2020	
	
5,518	
1,384	
65	
129	
7,096
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

	
105
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
14. Trade and other receivables
	
 	
 	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Non-current assets
Loans to employees under EMSS scheme	
	
	
	
	
99	
167
Rent deposit	
	
	
	
	
588	
588
Other receivables	
	
	
	
	
687	
755
 	
 	
	
 	
 	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Current assets
Trade receivables	
	
	
	
	
2,983	
3,847
Less: loss allowance	
	
	
	
	
(179)	
(102)
Net trade receivables	
	
	
	
	
2,804	
3,745
Prepayments	
	
	
	
	
1,183	
1,547
VAT receivables	
	
	
	
	
–	
123
Contract assets	
	
	
	
	
384	
393
Corporate tax receivables	
	
	
	
	
67	
104
Other receivables	
	
	
	
	
282	
287
Trade and other receivables	
 	
	
	
	
4,720	
6,199
Contract assets represents income earned during the year but not yet invoiced at the reporting date. Amounts are settled within  
12 months. 
	
	
	
 	
 	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Movements in the trade receivables loss allowance
At the beginning of the period	
	
	
	
	
(102)	
(941)
(Debit)/credit to income statement	
	
	
	
	
(95)	
173
(Debit)/credit to contract liabilities	
	
	
	
	
(54)	
453
Utilisation of provision	
	
	
	
	
72	
231
Foreign exchange	
	
	
	
	
–	
(18)
At the end of the period	
 	
	
	
	
(179)	
(102)
The Group has adopted the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision 
for trade receivables and contract assets. As further detailed in Note 23, the Group’s customers almost exclusively comprise major 
international corporations of good credit standing mostly based in the USA and the EU, and the Group’s historical credit loss experience is 
negligible. Accordingly, the trade receivables and contract assets are assessed as homogenous for the purposes of grouping for expected 
credit risk, and expected loss rate is expected to be low leading to a small provision for impairment being recorded.
	
 	
 	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Currency of trade receivables
USD	
	
	
	
	
1,346	
2,010
EUR	
	
	
	
	
817	
868
GBP	
	
	
	
	
521	
726
Other	
	
	
	
	
120	
141
Net trade receivables	
 	
	
	
	
2,804	
3,745

106

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
15. Cash and cash equivalents
	
 	
 	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Cash at bank	
	
	
	
	
4,117	
5,208
	
 	
 	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Currency of cash and cash equivalents
GBP	
	
	
	
	
746	
1,925
USD	
	
	
	
	
1,623	
1,069
EUR	
	
	
	
	
948	
1,716
Other	
	
	
	
	
800	
498
Cash and cash equivalents	
 	
	
	
	
4,117	
5,208
16. Share capital and share premium
	
	
	
Ordinary 	
Nominal	
Share	
Share
	
	
	
shares	
value	
capital	
premium
Issued and fully paid	
 	
	
Number	
p	
£’000	
£’000
Balance as at 1 May 2019	
	
	 126,088,147 	
0.4386	
553 	
188,802 
Shares issued during the year	
	
	
–	
–	
– 	
– 
Balance as at 30 April 2020	
	
 	 126,088,147 	
0.4386	
553 	
188,802 
Shares issued during the year (Note 17)	
	
	
128,567	
0.4386	
1	
64
Balance as at 30 April 2021	
	
 	126,216,714	
0.4386	
554	
188,866
17. Share-based payments
The Group’s share-based payment plans with effect from FY21 are as follows:
Long-term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)
The LTIP provides awards to Executive Directors and senior management in FY21 and in FY20. The awards are in the form of options 
with a nominal exercise price which vest after three years. Vesting is subject to a mix of revenue, Adjusted EBITDA, cash conversion 
and share price performance conditions and remaining employed up to the vesting date.
Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP FY21’)
The DSBP FY21 provides for the grant of share awards to Executive Directors and Executive Committee members to defer 50% of the 
participant’s bonus. Awards are in the form of options with a nominal exercise price. They vest over a two-year period with 50% vesting 
on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 50% on the second anniversary. 
Share awards were also previously granted under the following older plans:
Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP FY20’)
The DSBP FY20 provides for the grant of share awards to Executive Directors and Executive Committee members to defer 50% of the 
participant’s bonus. Awards are in the form of options with a nominal exercise price. They vest 12 months after grant date subject only 
to remaining employed up to the vesting date. 
UK Scheme and US Plan
Options at market value vesting over one to four years subject only to remaining employed up to the vesting date.
Share Appreciation Rights (SARs)
“Phantom options” settled in cash and designed to provide the same economic benefit as the UK Scheme and US Plan for employees 
based outside of the UK and US, notably in Malaysia and continental Europe.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued

	
107
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
Founder Securities Scheme
In May 2012, the Group established the Founder Securities Scheme. The Founder Securities were designed to encourage the 
subscribers to use their best efforts to grow the Company within five to ten years following admission to AIM by entitling the founders 
to 15% of the increase in the Company’s share price once a hurdle Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) rate of 8.25% has been achieved. 
The Founder Securities have been treated as equity settled share-based payments and are considered to have vested at time of grant 
as there are no service conditions attaching to them.
Awards outstanding
The movements in the number of shares and share-option awards and the weighted average exercise price of share options are 
detailed below:
	
Year ended 30 April 2021	
	 Year ended 30 April 2020
	
	
	
	
Weighted	
	
Weighted
	
	
	
	
average	
	
average
	
	
	
	
exercise	
	
exercise
	
	
	
Number of 	
price	
Number of	
price
	
	
	
options	
£ per share	
options	
£ per share
Outstanding at 1 May	
	
	 11,603,810	
£0.35	
10,171,428	
£0.48
Granted	
	
	
3,313,447	
£0.00	
2,742,162	
£0.02
Lapsed	
	
	
(5,421,877)	
£0.65	
(1,163,725)	
£0.31
Cancelled	
	
	
(725,300)	
£0.00	
–	
n/a
Expired	
	
	
–	
n/a	
(146,055)	
£3.36
Exercised (Note 16) 	
	
	
(128,567)	
£0.00	
–	
–
Outstanding at 30 April	
	
	
8,641,513	
£0.08	
11,603,810	
£0.35
Exercisable at 30 April	
	
	
4,961,532	
£0.11	
7,322,267	
£0.29
Weighted average fair value of awards granted (£ per share)	
	
	
	
£0.26	
	
£0.37
The average share price over the year was £0.34 (2020: £0.41). The share price of the Company at 30 April 2021 was £0.34  
(30 April 2020: £0.35).
The range of exercise prices and the weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at 30 April were as follows:
	
	
	
	
	
As at 	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
Number of 	
Number of
Range of exercise prices	
	
	
	
	
options	
options
Nil	
	
	
	
	
3,760,000	
3,760,000
0p to 10p	
	
	
	
	
3,699,290	
1,961,084
30p to 40p	
	
	
	
	
–	
75,000
40p to 50p	
	
	
	
	
205,094	
605,191
50p to 60p	
	
	
	
	
639,079	
2,490,860
60p to 70p	
	
	
	
	
338,050	
2,271,675
70p and above	
	
	
	
	
–	
440,000
Total	
	
	
	
	
8,641,513	
11,603,810
Weighted average remaining contractual life	
	
	
	
	
5.9 years	
6.1 years

108

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
17. Share-based payments continued
Valuation assumptions
Grants in the year ended 30 April 2021 of deferred shares and LTIP awards with no market conditions were valued directly by reference 
to the share price at date of grant using Black Scholes model. LTIP awards with a share price condition were valued with reference to a 
Monte Carlo valuation.
Grants in the year ended 30 April 2020 of deferred shares and LTIP awards with no market conditions were valued directly by reference 
to the share price at date of grant using Black Scholes model. LTIP awards with a share price condition were valued with reference to a 
Black Scholes valuation of a basket of options which gave a similar return.
The principal assumptions used in these valuations were:
	
	
	
	
	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
LTIP with	
LTIP with 
	
	
	
	
	
share condition 	
share condition
	
	
	
	
	
and DSBP	
and DSBP
Share price at date of grant	
	
	
	
	
£0.30	
£0.43
Exercise price	
	
	
	
	
£0.00	
£0.00
Expected life	
	
	
	
	
1 to 3 years	
3 years
Expected volatility	
	
	
	
	
51%	
50%
Risk free rate	
	
	
	
	
0.2%	
1.0%
Dividend yield	
	
	
	
	
Nil	
nil
Fair value	
	
	
	
	
£0.02 to £0.30	
£0.18 to £0.50
The total share-based payment charge is £280,000 (2020: £646,000), which includes movements in employment taxes connected 
with the share-based payment charge.
18. Provisions
	
	
	
Leasehold 
	
	
	
property 	
Onerous	
Other
	
	
	 dilapidations	
contracts	
provisions	
Total
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
As at 1 May 2020	
	
	
1,236	
20	
–	
1,256
Additions 	
	
	
1	
–	
362	
363
Utilised during the year	
	
	
(76)	
(20)	
–	
(96)
As at 30 April 2021	
	
	
1,161	
–	
362	
1,523
	
	
	
Leasehold 
	
	
	
property 	
Onerous	
Other
	
	
	 dilapidations	
contracts	
provisions	
Total
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
As at 1 May 2019	
	
	
1,237	
489	
–	
1,726
Impact of IFRS 16	
	
	
–	
(361)	
–	
(361)
Utilised during the year	
	
	
–	
(108)	
–	
(108)
Exchange difference	
	
	
(1)	
–	
–	
(1)
As at 30 April 2020	
	
	
1,236	
20	
–	
1,256

	
109
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
	
	
	
	
	
As at 	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Analysis of total provisions:	
	
	
	
	
	
Non-current	
	
	
	
	
1,160	
1,160
Current	
	
	
	
	
363	
96
Total	
	
	
	
	
1,523	
1,256
The provisions for dilapidations include the estimated costs of removal of installed assets under lease contracts, which includes a 
provision for the London office of £1,160,000 (2020: £1,160,000) which is expected to be utilised in FY29 and for the Malaysia office of 
£1,000 (2020: £76,000) expected to be utilised in FY22. Other provisions relate to ongoing legal matters, including ongoing litigation 
matters, expected to be concluded in FY22.
19. Leases
The right of use assets relate to leased properties. The movements in the right of use assets were as follows:
	
	
	
	
	
Year ended 	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
As at 1 May	
	
	
	
	
5,518	
6,365
Additions	
	
	
	
	
32	
–
Impairment	
	
	
	
	
(1,121)	
–
Depreciation	
	
	
	
	
(818)	
(860)
Exchange differences	
	
	
	
	
(26)	
13
As at 30 April	
	
	
	
	
3,585	
5,518
The movements in the lease liability were as follows:
	
	
	
	
	
Year ended 	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
As at 1 May	
	
	
	
	
6,247	
6,961
Additions	
	
	
	
	
32	
–
Interest charge	
	
	
	
	
337	
331
Payments made on lease liabilities	
	
	
	
	
(1,093)	
(1,074)
Exchange differences	
	
	
	
	
(80)	
29
As at 30 April	
	
	
	
	
5,443	
6,247

110

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
19. Leases continued
The lease liabilities at 30 April 2021 were as follows:
	
	
	
	
	
As at 	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Analysis of total lease liabilities:	
	
Non-current	
	
	
	
	
4,712	
5,471
Current	
	
	
	
	
731	
776
Total	
	
	
	
	
5,443	
6,247
	
	
	
	
	
As at 	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Maturity analysis	
	
Year 1	
	
	
	
	
986	
1,081
Years 2-5	
	
	
	
	
3,459	
3,345
Year 5 onwards	
	
	
	
	
2,031	
3,004
Total future lease payments	
	
	
	
	
6,476	
7,430
Total future interest payments	
	
	
	
	
(1,033)	
(1,183)
Total lease liabilities	
	
	
	
	
5,443	
6,247
The Group recognised the following amounts in the consolidated income statement in relation to leases under IFRS 16:
	
	
	
	
	
Year ended 	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Depreciation	
	
	
	
	
818	
860
Interest expense	
	
	
	
	
337	
331
Short-term lease expense	
	
	
	
	
–	
16
Low-value lease expense	
	
	
	
	
2	
11
Income from subleasing right of use assets	
	
	
	
	
(120)	
(110)
	
	
	
	
	
1,037	
1,108

	
111
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
20. Trade and other payables
	
	
	
	
	
As at 	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Non-current liabilities
Other payables	
	
	
	
	
–	
–
	
	
	
	
	
As at 	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Current liabilities
Trade payables	
	
	
	
	
2,304	
2,255
Other taxation and social security	
	
	
	
	
814	
976
Accrued expenses	
	
	
	
	
3,430	
4,140
Other payables	
	
	
	
	
228	
451
Trade and other payables	
	
	
	
	
6,776	
7,822
In the prior year, other payables included three-year convertible loan notes worth £250,000 issued to settle historic disputes between 
the Company, Disruptive Capital Advisory Limited and the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer Edmund Truell. These convertible 
loan notes were settled in the year.
21. Borrowings
	
	
	
	
	
As at 	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Drawn under revolving credit facility	
	
	
	
	
2,014	
2,006
Transaction costs	
	
	
	
	
(50)	
–
Borrowings	
 	
	
	
	
1,964	
2,006 
At 30 April 2021, the Group had £4.0 million revolving credit facility expiring in December 2023. Interest is payable at a rate of LIBOR + 
margin of 3.00% to 3.50%. At 30 April 2021 the amount undrawn was £2.0 million (30 April 2020: £2.0 million). The Group can elect to 
roll forward the amounts drawn on a quarterly basis up to the expiry date.
The movements in borrowings were as follows:
	
	
	
	
	
Year ended 	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Borrowings at 1 May	
	
	
	
	
2,006	
1,000
Cash flows – proceeds of new borrowings	
	
	
	
	
2,000	
1,000
Cash flows – repayment of borrowings	
	
	
	
	
(2,000)	
–
Transaction costs	
	
	
	
	
(50)	
–
Non-cash changes – accrued interest	
	
	
	
	
8	
6
Borrowings at 30 April	
 	
	
	
	
1,964	
2,006 
The borrowings are subject to two covenant tests which are measured at the end of Group’s financial quarters. Leverage1 must be less 
or equal to 2 and interest cover2 must be greater or equal to 4.
1	 Leverage is defined as net debt divided by last 12 months EBITDA3.
2	 Interest cover is defined as last 12 months Adjusted EBITDA3 divided by finance charges.
3	 For covenant purposes, Adjusted EBITDA is calculated EBITDA4 less capital, expenditure in excess of 50% of EBITDA4.
4	 For covenant purposes, EBITDA is calculated as earnings before net finance cost, tax, depreciation and amortisation, impairment of goodwill, impairment of 
intangible assets, impairment of right of use assets, impairment of leasehold improvements, loss on disposal of assets, foreign exchange gain or loss, share-
based payment expense and exceptional items, and is adjusted to include cash rental expenses and rental income.

112

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
22. Contract liabilities
	
	
	
	
	
Year ended 	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
As at 1 May 	
	
	
	
	
8,868	
7,095
Invoiced during the year 	
	
	
	
	
38,501	
41,468
Released to revenue	
	
	
	
	
(36,351)	
(37,577)
Amounts invoiced in advance but not yet due	
	
	
	
	
(2,084)	
(2,374)
Loss allowance	
	
	
	
	
(79)	
(25)
Exchange differences	
	
	
	
	
(488)	
281
As at 30 April	
 	
	
	
	
8,367	
8,868
The Group’s remaining performance obligations are for the delivery of services within the next 12 months for which the practical 
expedient in paragraph 121(a) of IFRS 15 applies.
23. Financial instruments, risk management and exposure
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including credit, liquidity and foreign currency risk. Risk management is 
carried out by the Board of Directors. 
(a) Credit risk
Credit risk arises principally from cash held at financial institutions and trade and other receivables. The following carrying values of 
financial assets represent the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk:
	
	
	
	
	
As at 	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents	
	
	
	
	
4,117	
5,208
Net trade receivables	
	
	
	
	
2,804	
3,745
Other receivables	
	
	
	
	
969	
1,042
Total	
	
	
	
	
7,890	
9,995
Cash and cash equivalents are held with reputable financial institutions. 
The fair value of trade and other receivables (financial assets) approximates their carrying value. As at 30 April 2021, total trade and 
other receivables of £0.8 million (2020: £1.2 million) were past due but not impaired. With respect to these receivables that are neither 
impaired nor past due, there are no indications as at the reporting date that the counterparties will not meet their payment obligations. 
The overdue analysis of trade receivables is as follows:
	
	
	
	
	
As at 	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Current and not impaired	
	
	
	
	
2,035	
2,495
	
	
	
Less than 1 month overdue	
	
	
	
	
504	
689
Between 2-3 months overdue	
	
	
	
	
181	
236
Over 3 months overdue	
	
	
	
	
84	
325
Total past due but not impaired	
	
	
	
	
769	
1,250
Individually determined to be impaired	
	
	
	
	
179	
102
Trade receivables	
 	
	
	
	
2,983	
3,847
Less: loss allowance	
	
	
	
	
(179)	
(102)
Net trade receivables	
 	
	
	
	
2,804	
3,745

	
113
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
(b) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group manages liquidity risk 
through cash flow forecasts and by seeking to align the maturity profiles of its financial assets with its financial liabilities.
Financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost
	
	
	
Total
	
	
Carrying 	 contractual	
Less than	
1 to 5	
Over
	
	
amount 	
cash flows	
1 year	
years	
5 years
As at 30 April 2021	
	
£‘000	
£‘000	
£‘000	
£‘000	
 £‘000
Cash and cash equivalents	
	
4,117	
4,117	
4,117	
–	
–
Net trade receivables	
	
2,804	
2,804	
2,804	
–	
–
Other receivables	
	
969	
969	
282	
99	
588
Trade payables	
	
(2,304)	
(2,304)	
(2,304)	
–	
–
Other payables	
	
(228)	
(228)	
(228)	
–	
–
Lease liabilities	
	
(5,443)	
(6,476)	
(986)	
(3,459)	
(2,031)
Borrowings	
	
(1,964)	
(1,964)	
(1,964)	
–	
–
Net position	
	
(2,049)	
(3,082)	
1,721	
(3,360)	
(1,443)
	
	
	
	
Total
	
	
Carrying 	
contractual	
Less than	
1 to 5	
Over
	
	
amount 	
cash flows	
1 year	
years	
5 years
As at 30 April 2020	
	
£‘000	
£‘000	
£‘000	
£‘000	
 £‘000
Cash and cash equivalents	
	
5,208	
5,208	
5,208	
–	
–
Net trade receivables	
	
3,745	
3,745	
3,745	
–	
–
Other receivables	
	
1,042	
1,042	
875	
167	
–
Trade payables	
	
(2,255)	
(2,255)	
(2,255)	
–	
–
Other payables	
	
(451)	
(451)	
(451)	
–	
–
Lease liabilities	
	
(6,247)	
(7,430)	
(1,081)	
(3,345)	
(3,004)
Borrowings	
	
(2,006)	
(2,006)	
(2,006)	
–	
–
Net position	
	
(964)	
(2,147)	
4,035	
(3,178)	
(3,004)
	
(c) Foreign currency risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign currency risk on sales and purchases that are denominated in a currency 
other than Sterling. The currencies giving rise to this risk are primarily the US Dollar and the Euro. Where possible the exposure  
is mitigated by a natural hedge. For example, US Dollar revenues are partially matched by US Dollar costs in the US subsidiary.  
The Group does not currently use forward foreign exchange contracts or currency options to hedge currency risk.
The split of trade receivables by currency is set out in Note 14 and cash by currency in Note 15.
A 10% strengthening of the US Dollar against Sterling would increase revenue by £1.4 million and increase operating profit by £0.2 million. 
(d) Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, to provide returns 
for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure.
The Group’s sources of funding currently comprise cash flows generated from operations, equity contributed by shareholders and 
borrowings under the Group’s revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility contains financial covenants limiting the ratio of net 
debt to EBITDA to 2:1 and maintaining interest cover above 4:1.
In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may increase or decrease the amount drawn under the revolving credit 
facility, issue new shares or sell assets.

114

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
24. Related-party transactions 
The Group entered into the following transactions with related parties in the ordinary course of business:
	
	
	
	
	
Year ended 	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Purchase of services	
 	
	
	
	
86	
80
Anne Hill, the wife of Andrew Lemonofides who was appointed CEO in September 2019, provided consultancy services to the Group 
totalling £86,000 (2020: £80,000) in the year ended 30 April 2021. At the year end, there were no balances outstanding in relation  
to these consultancy services (2020: £4,000). On 8 June 2021, Andrew Lemonofides resigned as a Director of the Company.
Key management personnel 
Key management includes Executive Directors – who are responsible for controlling and directing the activities of the Group.  
The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is shown below:
	
	
	
	
	
Year ended 	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Salaries, bonuses and other short-term employee benefits 	
	
	
	
	
982	
1,037
Post-employment benefits	
	
	
	
	
28	
49
Termination benefits	
	
	
	
	
–	
259
Share-based payment expense	
	
	
	
	
208	
288
Total	
 	
	
	
	
1,218	
1,633
For further details with respect to Directors’ remuneration (with Directors’ remuneration being a sub-set of the total key management 
compensation noted above), please refer to the Report of Directors’ remuneration on pages 61 to 66.
25. Post balance sheet events
There are no known material adjusting or unadjusting events occurring between the balance sheet date and the date when the 
Financial Statements were authorised for issue.

	
115
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
26. Subsidiary undertakings of the Group 
The full listing of subsidiary companies in the Group is shown below. 
Subsidiary
Nature of business
Registered office
Country of 
incorporation
% of ordinary 
shares held
Tungsten Corporation Guernsey 
Limited1
Intermediate holding 
company
PO Box 186 Royal Chambers St Julian’s 
Avenue St Peter Port Guernsey GY1 4HP
Guernsey
100
Tungsten Network Limited1
Electronic invoice delivery
Pountney Hill House, 6 Laurence  
Pountney Hill, London, EC4R 0BL
UK
100
Tungsten Network Inc.1
Electronic invoice delivery
1040 Crown Pointe Parkway, Suite 330, 
Atlanta GA 30338
USA
100
Tungsten Network Sdn Bhd1
Electronic invoice delivery  
& shared services office
Level 8 Symphony House, Block D13  
Pusat Dagangan Dana 1, Jalan PJU1A/46, 
47301 Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan.
Malaysia
100
Tungsten Network GmbH1
Electronic invoice delivery
Roggenkamp 21, 21266 Jesteburg, Hamburg
Germany
100
Tungsten Network (Schweiz) GmbH1
Shared services office 
Confidas Treuhand AG, Gubelstrasse 5,  
6301 Zug
Switzerland
100
Tungsten Network S.A.P.I de CV1 
Electronic invoice delivery
Bosque de Ciruelos 180, Piso Principal, 
Bosques de las Lomas, 11700 Mexico, D.F.
Mexico
100
Tungsten Network EOOD1
Shared services office
38, Damyan Gruev Str., 1606 Sofia, Bulgaria 
Bulgaria
100
Tungsten Network Private Limited1
Electronic invoice delivery
Unit No.216, 2nd Flr. Sq., One,C-2,  
Dist. Ctr. Saket, New Delhi, South Delhi,  
Delhi, India, 110017
India
100
Image Integration Systems, Inc1
Software
885 Commerce Drive, Suite B, Perrysburg, 
Ohio 43551
USA
100
Tungsten Network Finance Limited2
Intermediate holding 
company and trade  
finance solutions
Pountney Hill House, 6 Laurence  
Pountney Hill, London, EC4R 0BL
UK
100
Tungsten Purchaser UK Limited2
Dormant
Pountney Hill House, 6 Laurence  
Pountney Hill, London, EC4R 0BL
UK
100
Tungsten Account Trustee Limited2
Dormant
Pountney Hill House, 6 Laurence  
Pountney Hill, London, EC4R 0BL
UK
100
Tungsten Investment  
Management Limited2
Dormant
Pountney Hill House, 6 Laurence  
Pountney Hill, London, EC4R 0BL
UK
100
Tungsten Purchaser (US), Inc.2
Dormant
1040 Crown Pointe Parkway, Suite 330, 
Atlanta GA 30338
USA
100
Tungsten Purchaser (Canada) Ltd2
Dormant
855-2 Street SW, Suite 3500, Calgary,  
Alberta, T2P 4J8, Canada
Canada
100
1	 Tungsten Corporation Guernsey Limited is directly held by Tungsten Corporation plc, other subsidiaries listed above are indirectly held through Tungsten 
Corporation Guernsey Limited.
2	 Tungsten Network Finance Limited is directly held by Tungsten Corporation plc, other subsidiaries listed above are indirectly held through Tungsten Network 
Finance Limited.

116

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
Registered number: 07934335
	
	
	
	
	
As at 	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
 	
 	
Note	
£’000	
£’000
Assets	
	
	
	
Non-current assets	
	
	
	
Investments in subsidiaries	
	
	
	
5	
79,293	
100,947
Property, plant and equipment	
	
	
	
6	
595	
1,292
Right of use assets	
	
	
	
6	
3,385	
5,113
Other receivables	
 	
	
	
7	
687	
769
Total non-current assets	
 	
	
	
 	
83,960	
108,121
	
	
	
	
Current assets	
	
	
	
Trade and other receivables	
	
	
	
 7	
53,965	
53,335
Cash and cash equivalents	
	
	
	
 	
35	
24
Total current assets	
 	
	
	
 	
54,000	
53,359
Total assets	
 	
	
	
 	
137,960	
161,480
	
	
	
	
Non-current liabilities	
	
	
	
Provisions	
	
	
	
8	
1,160	
1,160
Lease liabilities	
	
	
	
9	
4,420	
4,974
Total non-current liabilities	
	
	
	
	
5,580	
6,134
	
	
	
	
Current liabilities	
	
Lease liabilities	
	
	
	
9	
553	
482
Trade and other payables	
	
	
	
10	
89,432	
88,540
Total current liabilities	
 	
	
	
 	
89,985	
89,022
Total liabilities	
	
	
	
	
95,565	
95,156
	
	
	
	
Capital and reserves attributable to the equity shareholders	
	
Share capital	
	
	
	
	
554	
553
Share premium	
	
	
	
	
188,866	
188,802
Shares to be issued	
	
 	
	
	
3,760	
3,760
Share-based payment reserve	
	
	
	
	
756	
2,144
Other reserves	
	
	
	
	
(5,450)	
(5,450)
Accumulated losses	
	
	
	
	
(146,091)	
(123,485)
Total equity 	
 	
 	
	
	
42,395	
66,324
Total liabilities and equity	
 	
 	
	
	
137,960	
161,480
The loss attributable to shareholders dealt with in the financial statements of the Company was £24.2 million (FY20: loss of £28.4 million).
The above balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
The financial statements on pages 116 to 127 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 29 July 2021 and were signed  
on its behalf:
Tony Bromovsky 	
Ian Kelly	 	
	
	
Chairman	
Chief Financial Officer	
	
	
 

	
117
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
PARENT COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Year ended 30 April 2021
	
	
	
	
Share-
	
	
	
Shares	
based
	
Share 	
Share	
to be	
payment	
Other	 Accumulated	
Total
	
capital	
premium	
issued	
reserve	
reserves	
losses	
equity
	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
Balance as at 1 May 2020	
553	
188,802	
3,760	
2,144	
(5,450)	
(123,485)	
66,324
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Loss for the year	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
(24,210)	
(24,210)
Total comprehensive income for the year	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
(24,210)	
(24,210)
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Issue of shares	
1	
64	
–	
(64)	
–	
–	
1
Forfeited share-based payments	
–	
–	
–	
(1,604)	
–	
1,604	
–
Share-based payment	
–	
–	
–	
280	
–	
–	
280
Transactions with owners	
1	
64	
–	
(1,388)	
–	
1,604	
281
Balance as at 30 April 2021	
554	
188,866	
3,760	
756	
(5,450)	
(146,091)	
42,395
Year ended 30 April 2020
	
	
	
	
Share-
	
	
	
Shares	
based
	
Share 	
Share	
to be	
payment	
Other	 Accumulated	
Total
	
capital	
premium	
issued	
reserve	
reserves	
losses	
equity
	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
Balance as at 1 May 2019	
553	
188,802	
3,760	
1,497	
(5,450)	
(95,072)	
94,090
Loss for the year	
–	
–	
–	
–	
–	
(28,413)	
(28,413)
Share-based payment expense	
–	
–	
–	
647	
–	
–	
647
Balance as at 30 April 2020	
553	
188,802	
3,760	
2,144	
(5,450)	
(123,485)	
66,324
The above statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
  

118

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
PARENT COMPANY STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 	
	
	
	
 	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
 	
	
	
	
Notes	
£’000	
£’000
Cash flows from operating activities	
	
 	
 
Loss for the year before taxation	
	
	
	
	
(24,097)	
(28,413)
Adjustments for:	
 	
	
Depreciation	
	
	
	
6	
760	
765
Share-based payment expense	
	
	
	
4	
103	
394
Impairment in investment in subsidiary	
	
	
	
5	
21,600	
27,000
Impairment of right of use asset	
	
	
	
6	
1,121	
–
Impairment of leasehold improvements	
	
	
	
6	
544	
–
Increase in loss allowance 	
	
	
	
7	
36	
707
Finance costs	
	
	
	
	
1,437	
1,647
 	
 	
	
Changes in working capital:	
 	
	
Increase in trade and other receivables	
	
	
	
 	
(612)	
(544)
Increase in trade and other payables	
	
	
	
 	
974	
1,375
Net interest paid	
	
	
	
 	
(1,133)	
(1,361)
Net cash inflow from operating activities	
	
	
	
 	
733	
1,570
 	
 	
	
Cash flows from investing activities	
 	
	
Purchases of property, plant and equipment	
	
	
	
6	
–	
(140)
Investment in subsidiary	
	
	
	
5	
–	
(694)
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities	
	
	
	
 	
–	
(834)
	
	
	
Cash flows from financing activities	
	
	
Lease payments – payments of principal	
	
	
	
	
(527)	
(463)
Lease payments – payments of interest	
	
	
	
	
(260)	
(285)
Proceeds from issues of shares	
	
	
	
	
65	
–
Net cash (outflow) from financing activities	
 	
	
	
	
(722)	
(748)
	
	
	
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	
	
	
	
	
11	
(12)
Cash and cash equivalents at start of the year	
	
	
	
	
24	
36
Exchange adjustments	
	
	
	
	
–	
–
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year	
 	
	
	
	
35	
24
The above statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

	
119
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2021
1. General information
Tungsten Corporation plc (the ‘Company’) is a holding company and provider of central and management functions. The Company  
is a public company limited by shares, which is incorporated in the UK and registered in England. The address of its registered office  
is Pountney Hill House, 6 Laurence Pountney Hill, London EC4R OBL, UK.
The Company financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors on 29 July 2021. All press releases, financial reports and 
other information are available on our investors relations page of our website: www.tungsten-network.com
2. Accounting policies
(a) Basis of preparation
The Company financial statements of Tungsten Corporation plc have been prepared in accordance with international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act of 2006 (‘IFRS’). The Company financial statements have been  
prepared under the historical cost convention.
(b) New standards, amendments and interpretations adopted:
The Company has applied the following standard for the first time for its annual reporting period commencing 1 May 2020:
Standard	
	
	
	
	
	 Effective date
Amendment to IFRS 16: ‘Leases Covid-19 Related Rent Concessions’ (issued on 28 May 2020) 	
	
	
	 1 June 2020 
This new standard has not had a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
(c) New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not yet effective:
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 1 May 2020 reporting periods 
and have not been early adopted by the Company. These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the entity in the 
current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.
(d) Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make judgements and estimates that affect the application  
of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses.
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations 
of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
The Company makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will by definition, seldom 
equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant impact on the financial statements are 
highlighted below.
Going concern
The Company going concern assessment is based on forecasts and projections of anticipated trading performance. The assumptions 
applied are subjective and management applies judgement in estimating the probability, timing and value of underlying cash flows. 
Impairment in investments in subsidiaries 
Investments are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. 
The Company performs the assessment of the recoverable amount of the investment by comparing the cash generating unit’s (CGU) 
value in use to the carrying amount of the investments in subsidiaries. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the 
carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount of the CGU is based on estimates of future cash flows discounted using an appropriate discount rate. 
Estimates of future cash flows are inherently uncertain as the long-term impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the general economy 
is unclear. To take account of this uncertainty, management have used the “expected cash flow approach” which involves probability 
weighting several alternate scenarios. 
It is possible that changes in economic conditions or deviations in actual performance from forecast could result in a material 
adjustment to the carrying value of the CGU within the next financial year. The key estimates made by management are set out in Note 
12 of the consolidated financial statements. The information in Note 12 of the consolidated financial statement given on each scenario 
also provides an indication of the amount of any further impairment for other reasonably possible outcomes. 

120

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2021
2. Accounting policies continued
(e) Significant accounting policies 
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year.
Share-based payments
The Company issues equity-settled and cash-settled share-based awards to certain employees. The fair value of share-based awards 
is determined based on the Black-Scholes model at the date of grant and expensed based on the Group’s estimate of the shares that 
will eventually vest, over the vesting period with a corresponding increase in equity. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its 
estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on service and other non-market performance conditions. The 
amount expensed is adjusted over the vesting period for changes in the estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest, 
save for changes resulting from any market-related performance conditions.
The value of share-based payment is taken directly to reserves and the charge for the period is recorded in the income statement. 
Tungsten’s scheme, which awards shares in the parent entity, includes recipients who are employees in subsidiaries. In the 
consolidated financial statements, the transaction is treated as an equity-settled share-based payment, as the subsidiary has received 
services in consideration for Tungsten’s equity instruments. An expense is recognised in the Group income statement for the fair value 
of share-based payment over the vesting year, with a credit recognised in equity. 
In the subsidiaries’ financial statements, the awards, in proportion to the recipients who are employees in said subsidiary, are treated 
as an equity-settled share-based payment, as the subsidiaries do not have an obligation to settle the award. An expense for the 
grant date fair value of the award is recognised over the vesting period, with a credit recognised in equity. The credit is treated as a 
capital contribution, as the parent company is compensating the subsidiaries’ employees with no cost to the subsidiaries as there is 
no expectation to recharge the cost. In the parent company’s financial statements, there is no share-based payment charge where 
the recipients are employed by a subsidiary, with the parent company recognising an increase in the investment in the subsidiaries as 
a capital contribution from the parent and a credit to equity. Cash-settled share-based awards are recognised as an expense in the 
income statement with a corresponding credit to liabilities.
Further details on the share-based payments can be found in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements of this Annual Report 
and financial statements.
(f) Property, plant and equipment
Tangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of each item of tangible asset. Depreciation commences when an asset is brought into use over 
the following estimated useful lives:
•	 Leasehold improvement: depreciated over the term of lease.
•	 Fixtures and fittings: 3 to 5 years.
•	 Computer equipment: 2 to 5 years.
Dilapidations
The estimated cost of dilapidations is recognised in the right of use asset and provisions when the obligation arises and the liability can 
be reliably estimated. 
(g) Provisions
A provision is recognised when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable 
that the obligation will have to be settled, and the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated. Provisions are measured at the 
present value required in order to cover the obligation. The present value factor used in the calculation of the present value is selected 
so that it represents the market insight into the time value of money and liability-related risks at the time of the assessment. 

	
121
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
(h) Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They 
are generally due for settlement within 30 days and are therefore are classified as current. Non-current receivables relate to loan 
receivables from employees.
Trade receivables are recognised initially at the amount of consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing 
components, in which case they are recognised at fair value. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying value of current receivables is 
considered to be same as the fair value. 
The Company applies IFRS 9’s simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss approach 
for all trade receivables.
To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been analysed based on the days past due. The expected loss rates 
are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 12 months before the relevant balance sheet date and the corresponding 
historical credit losses experienced within this period. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking 
information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables. 
(i) Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially stated at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost.
(j) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an 
integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose only of the 
cash flow statement.
(k) Employee benefits defined contribution plans
The Company pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension plans. The Company has no further payment obligations 
once the contributions have been paid. Contributions are recognised in the income statement as an employee benefit expense in 
the period when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the 
future payments is available.
(l) Reserves
The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:
Reserve	
Description and purpose
Share capital	
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.
Share premium	
Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value.
Shares to be issued	
Shares for which consideration has been received but which are not yet issued.
Share-based payment reserve	
Accumulated share-based payment charges relating to outstanding awards.
Other reserve	
The difference between the premium on the Tungsten Corporation plc ordinary shares issued  
in exchange for the Tungsten Corporation Guernsey Limited ordinary B shares.
Accumulated losses	
All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners not recognised elsewhere.
(m) Investments in subsidiary undertakings
In the Company’s financial statements, investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less provision for impairment in value.
Investments are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. An impairment  
loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the higher of the investments’ fair value less cost of disposal and its 
value in use. An asset’s value in use is calculated by discounting an estimate of future cash flows by the post-tax weighted average 
cost of capital. Any impairment is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.
(n) Foreign currency translation
The accounting policy for foreign currency translation is the same as that for the Group and is set out on pages 89 and 90. 

122

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2021
3. Loss for the year
As permitted by the exemption in Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the income statement of the Company is not presented 
as part of these financial statements. The loss attributable to shareholders dealt with in the financial statements of the Company was 
£24.2 million (FY20: loss of £28.4 million).
4. Employee benefits expenses
	
	
	
 	
	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
 	
	
£’000	
£’000
Wages and salaries	
	
	
	
	
1,824	
1,423
Social security costs	
	
	
	
	
219	
246
Pension-defined contribution	
	
	
	
	
167	
133
Share-based payment expense	
	
	
	
	
198	
394
Total employee benefits expenses	
	
	
	
	
2,408	
2,196
	
	
	
 	
	
Year ended	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
Number of employees	
	
The yearly average number of people (including Executive Directors) employed:	
	
Corporate	
	
	
	
	
12	
10
Total average headcount	
	
	
	
	
12	
10
Refer to Note 24 in the consolidated financial statements for details of remuneration in respect of key management.
5. Investments in subsidiaries
	
	
	
 	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
 	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
 £’000 
Balance as at 1 May	
	
	
	
	
100,947	
127,040
Additions	
	
	
	
	
–	
907
Impairment 	
	
	
	
	
(21,600)	
(27,000)
Reversal of share-based payment investment	
	
	
	
	
(54)	
–
Balance as at 30 April	
	
	
	
	
79,293	
100,947
 
The Company’s subsidiaries are the same as those for the Group and are set out in Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.
The carrying value represents the Company’s investment in Tungsten Corporation Guernsey Limited through which the Company 
indirectly holds the Tungsten Network sub-group and a £1 investment in Tungsten Network Finance Limited. An impairment charge 
of £21.6 million (2020: £27.0 million) has been booked to write down the carrying value to £79.3 million being the value in use of the 
Tungsten Network CGU. No further impairment was required in the year (see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for 
further information on the value in use).

	
123
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
6. Property, plant and equipment
As at 30 April 2021
	
	
	
Right of 	
Leasehold	
Fixtures
	
	
	
use asset	improvements	
and fittings	
Total
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
Cost	
	
	
	
Balance at 1 May 2020	
	
	
8,563	
2,065	
90	
10,718
Additions	
	
	
–	
–	
–	
–
At 30 April 2021	
	
	
8,563	
2,065	
90	
10,718
	
	
	
	
Accumulated depreciation	
	
	
	
Balance at 1 May 2020	
	
	
3,450	
776	
87	
4,313
Charge for the year	
	
	
607	
150	
3	
760
Impairment	
	
	
1,121	
544	
–	
1,665
At 30 April 2021	
	
	
5,178	
1,470	
90	
6,738
Net book value	
	
	
	
At 1 May 2020	
	
	
5,113	
1,289	
3	
6,405
At 30 April 2021	
	
	
3,385	
595	
–	
3,980
As at 30 April 2020
	
	
	
Right of 	
Leasehold	
Fixtures
	
	
	
use asset	improvements	
and fittings	
Total
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000	
£’000
Cost	
	
	
	
Balance at 1 May 2019	
	
	
–	
3,085	
90	
3,175
Impact of IFRS 16	
	
	
8,563	
(1,160)	
–	
7,403
Additions	
	
	
–	
140	
–	
140
At 30 April 2020	
	
	
8,563	
2,065	
90	
10,718
	
	
	
	
Accumulated depreciation	
	
	
	
Balance at 1 May 2019	
	
	
–	
1,069	
73	
1,142
Impact of IFRS 16	
	
	
2,823	
(417)	
–	
2,406
Charge for the year	
	
	
627	
124	
14	
765
At 30 April 2020	
	
	
3,450	
776	
87	
4,313
Net book value	
	
	
	
At 1 May 2019	
	
	
–	
2,016	
17	
2,033
At 30 April 2020	
	
	
5,113	
1,289	
3	
6,405

124

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2021
7. Trade and other receivables
	
 	
	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Non-current assets
Loans to employees under EMSS scheme	
	
	
	
	
99	
181
Deposit	
	
	
	
	
588	
588
Other receivables	
	
	
	
	
687	
769
	
	
	
 	
	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Current assets
Amounts owed by Group undertakings	
	
	
	
	
77,283	
76,612
Less: Loss allowance	
	
	
	
	
(23,652)	
(23,616)
Net amounts owed by Group undertakings	
	
	
	
	
53,631	
52,996
VAT	
	
	
	
	
–	
79
Other receivables	
	
	
	
	
91	
25
Prepayments	
	
	
	
	
243	
235
Trade and other receivables	
	
	
	
	
53,965	
53,335
The amounts owed by Group undertakings are due from Tungsten Network Limited, Tungsten Network Sdn Bhd and Tungsten Network 
Finance Limited. These are non-interest bearing and are repayable on demand. To the extent the counterparties are unable to do 
so, it does not intend to recall the amounts due, within one year. The amount due from Tungsten Network Finance Limited has been 
fully provided for since 30 April 2019. The Company has the ability to settle amounts receivable against amounts owed to Group 
undertakings, in the absence of an individual party having their own liquidity to make their individual settlement.
8. Provisions
Leasehold property 
dilapidation
	
	
	
	
	
Year ended 	
Year ended
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
 £’000 
At 1 May	
	
	
	
	
1,160	
1,160
Addition	
	
	
	
	
–	
–
At 30 April	
	
	
	
	
1,160	
1,160
Analysis of total provision:
	
 	
	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Non-current	
	
	
	
	
1,160	
1,160
The provision for dilapidations includes the estimated costs of removal of installed assets under the lease contract for the London 
office, which is expected to be utilised in FY29. 

	
125
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
9. Lease liabilities
	
 	
	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Analysis of total lease liabilities:	
	
Non-current	
	
	
	
	
4,420	
 4,974 
Current	
	
	
	
	
553	
 482 
Total	
	
	
	
	
4,973	
 5,456 
	
 	
	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Maturity analysis:	
	
Year 1	
	
	
	
	
786	
 743 
Years 2 – 5	
	
	
	
	
3,144	
 2,971 
Year 5 onwards	
	
	
	
	
2,031	
 2,564
Total future lease payments	
	
	
	
	
5,961	
6,278
Total future interest payments	
	
	
	
	
(988)	
(822)
Total lease liabilities	
	
	
	
	
4,973	
5,456
10. Trade and other payables
	
 	
	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables	
	
	
	
	
427	
450
Taxation and social security	
	
	
	
	
13	
78
Accrued expenses 	
	
	
	
	
881	
1,008
Loan payable to Group undertakings	
	
	
	
	
45,755	
44,621
Amounts owed to Group undertakings	
	
	
	
	
42,356	
42,383
Trade and other payables	
	
	
	
	
89,432	
88,540
The loan payable to Group undertakings is bearing interest based on monthly GBP LIBOR. The amounts owed to Group undertakings 
are non-interest bearing and are repayable on demand. The Company has the ability to settle amounts owed to Group undertakings 
against amounts receivable from Group undertakings, in the absence of it having working capital to settle the amount directly itself. 

126

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2021
11. Related-party transactions
During the year the Company invoiced and/or incurred management charges from specific Group companies. Furthermore, at  
30 April 2021:
•	 Owed to the Company £000’s.
•	 Tungsten Network Limited – £52,050 (FY20: £51,354).
•	 Tungsten Network Sdn Bhd – £1,582 (FY20: £1,642).
•	 Owed by the Company £000’s.
•	 Tungsten Corporation Guernsey Limited – £85,819 (FY20: £84,712).
•	 Tungsten Network Inc – £2,143 (FY20: £2,267).
•	 Tungsten Network GmbH – £25 (FY20: £25).
Key management personnel
Key management includes Executive Directors. There were no key management personnel in the Company apart from the Directors. The 
compensation paid or payable to key management for employee services is set out in Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements. 
12. Capital management
The aim of the Company is to maintain sufficient funds to enable it to meet working capital requirements, make suitable investments 
and incremental acquisitions while minimising recourse to external funders and/or shareholders. Capital managed by the Company 
at 30 April 2021 consists of cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent. The capital structure is 
reviewed by management through regular internal financial reporting and forecasting.
The Company considers the following balances as a part of its capital management:
	
 	
	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Share capital and premium	
	
	
	
	
189,420	
189,355
Accumulated deficit1	
	
	
	
	
(147,025)	
(123,031)
Cash and cash equivalents	
	
	
	
	
35	
24
Total	
	
	
	
	
42,430	
66,348
1	 Deficit includes shares to be issued, share-based payments reserve, other reserves and accumulated losses.
 
13. Financial instruments, risk management and exposure
The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including credit, liquidity and foreign currency risk. Management  
is carried out by the Board of Directors. 
(a) Credit risk
Credit risk arises principally from cash held at financial institutions and trade and other receivables. The following carrying values  
of financial assets represent the Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk:
	
 	
	
	
	
As at	
As at
	
	
	
	
	
30 April 	
30 April
	
	
	
	
	
2021	
2020
	
	
	
	
	
£’000	
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents	
	
	
	
	
35	
24
Trade and other receivables	
	
	
	
	
778	
780
Amounts owed by Group undertakings	
	
	
	
	
53,631	
52,996
Total 	
	
	
	
	
54,444	
53,800
Cash and cash equivalents are held with reputable financial institutions. 
Impairment provisions for amounts owed by Group undertakings are calculated using an expected credit loss model. Under this 
model, impairment provisions are recognised to reflect expected credit losses based on combination of historic and forward-looking 
information, the amount of such a provision being the difference between the net carrying amount and the present value of the future 
expected cash flows associated with the impaired receivable.

	
127
Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
(b) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company manages 
liquidity risk through cash flow forecasts and by seeking to align the maturity profiles of its financial assets with its financial liabilities.
Financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost
	
	
	
Total
	
	
Carrying 	 contractual	
Less than	
1 to 5	
More than
	
	
amount 	
cash flows	
1 year	
years	
5 years
As at 30 April 2021	
	
£‘000	
£‘000	
 £‘000	
£‘000	
 £‘000
Cash and cash equivalents	
	
35	
35	
35	
–	
–
Trade and other receivables1 	
	
778	
778	
91	
99	
588
Amounts owed by Group undertakings	
	
53,631	
53,631	
53,631	
–	
–
Trade and other payables	
	
(427)	
(427)	
(427)	
–	
–
Lease liabilities	
	
(4,973)	
(5,961)	
(786)	
(3,144)	
(2,031)
Loan payable to Group undertakings	
	
(45,755)	
(45,755)	
(45,755)	
–	
–
Amounts owed to Group undertakings	
	
(42,356)	
(42,356)	
(42,356)	
–	
–
Net position	
	
(39,067)	
(40,055)	
(35,567)	
(3,045)	
(1,443)
1 	 Excludes prepayments. 
	
	
	
Total
	
	
Carrying 	
contractual	
Less than	
1 to 5	
More than
	
	
amount 	
cash flows	
1 year	
years	
5 years
As at 30 April 2020	
	
£‘000	
£‘000	
 £‘000	
£‘000	
 £‘000
Cash and cash equivalents	
	
24	
24	
24	
–	
–
Trade and other receivables1 	
	
780	
780	
780	
–	
–
Amounts owed by Group undertakings	
	
52,996	
52,996	
52,996	
–	
–
Trade and other payables	
	
(464)	
(464)	
(464)	
–	
–
Lease liabilities	
	
(5,456)	
(6,229)	
(650)	
(2,600)	
(2,979)
Loan payable to Group undertakings	
	
(44,621)	
(44,621)	
(44,621)	
–	
–
Amounts owed to Group undertakings	
	
(42,383)	
(42,383)	
(42,383)	
–	
–
Net position	
	
(39,124)	
(39,897)	
(34,318)	
(2,600)	
(2,979)
(c) Foreign currency risk
Tungsten Corporation plc has amounts owed to and from Group undertakings with its US and Malaysian subsidiaries which are 
denominated in US Dollar and Malaysian Ringgit. The Company is therefore exposed to fluctuations in these currencies. No sensitivity 
analysis has been presented for changes in exchange rates as these do not have a material impact on the loss before tax.
14. Post balance sheet events
There are no known material adjusting or unadjusting events occurring between the balance sheet date and the date when the 
financial statements were authorised for issue.

128

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Broker and nominated adviser
Canaccord Genuity Limited
88 Wood Street
London
EC2V 7QR
UK
Registrar
Equiniti
Aspect House
Spencer Road
Lancing
West Sussex
BN99 6DA
UK
0371 384 2030*
Overseas helpline +44 (0)121 415 7047
*	 Lines open 8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday.
Registered office
Tungsten Corporation plc
Pountney Hill House
6 Laurence Pountney Hill
London
EC4R 0BL
UK
Tungsten Corporation plc is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in the UK, with registered number 07934335.

Tungsten Corporation plc // Annual Report & Accounts 2021	
Financial Statements	
  
Design and Production
www.carrkamasa.co.uk

TUNGSTEN CORPORATION PLC
Pountney Hill House 
6 Laurence Pountney Hill 
London 
EC4R 0BL 
UK
www.tungsten-network.com